Return  this  book  on  or  before  the 
Latest  Date  stamped  below.  A 
charge  is  made  on  all  overdue 
books. 

University  of  Illinois  Library 


APR  12  m 


L161 — H41 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


OF 


Educational  Measurements 


~ . »,* 


COMPILED  BY 


The  Bureau  of  Cooperative  Research 


INDIANA  UNIVERSITY 


1923  JOpi 3 3 c 

tot  ea 

I 

i N 3 a Lv  T i V,  -3 
* 1 BLOC  i,. IN  ■ 


INDIANAPOLIS : 

WM.  B.  BURFORD,  CONTRACTOR  FOR  STATE  PRINTING  AND  BINDING 


Contents 


Page 

Algebra  5 

Arithmetic  9 

Biology  21 

Botany  22 

Chemistry  22 

Composition  24 

Drawing 31 

French  32 

Geography  . 34 

Geometry  40 

German 41 

Grammar  42 

Handwriting  46 

History  53 

Home  Economics  . . . . ’ 59 

Journalism  61 

Kindergarten  62 

Language  62 

Latin  65 

Mathematics  69 

Miscellaneous  69 

Modern  Foreign  Language  74 

Music  75 

Physical  Training  76 

Physics  78 

Physiology  80 

Poetry  80 

Punctuation  81 

Rating  Scales  81 

Reading  85 

Religion  98 

Science  100 

Spanish 102 

Spelling 103 

Stenography  and  Typing 110 

Vocabulary 113 

Vocational  115 

Zoology  120 


tt) 


A 3H  1/2.6 

Iwl  3 -Cr 


Foreword 


This  bibliography  is  compiled  for  the  double  purpose  of  listing  all 
efforts,  as  far  as  they  have  come  to  our  attention,  that  have  been  made 
in  the  United  States  to  develop  achievement  tests,  and  of  giving  a brief 
description  of  each  test,  including  in  the  description  not  only  an  analysis 
of  the  test  and  its  purpose  but  also  available  information  concerning  the 
range  of  the  test,  administration  cost  of  the  test  in  money  and  in  time, 
information  as  to  the  time  of  year  in  which  it  was  standardized,  the 
publisher  of  the  test,  and  the  date  of  publication.  This  description  in 
each  case  is  based  upon  the  author’s  statements.  No  effort  has  been 
made  to  check  the  accuracy  of  the  author’s  statement  and  no  effort  has 
been  made  to  evaluate  the  tests  themselves.  It  is  recognized  that  some 
of  the  tests  are  almost,  if  not  wholly,  worthless.  Nevertheless,  they 
have  been  given  equal  rank  with  those  of  distinctive  merit  in  that  the 
alphabetical  method  of  listing  has  been  used,  and  no  statement  has  been 
made  as  to  quality  of  the  test.  The  danger  of  such  a procedure  is  recog- 
nized, but  even  in  the  face  of  this  danger  we  feel  that  the  procedure  is 
justified.  There  seems  to  be  a need  for  bringing  together  under  one 
cover  a list,  as  nearly  complete  as  possible,  of  all  achievement  tests  that 
have  been  developed  in  the  United  States  in  recent  years.  This  list 
should  serve  as  a basis  for  the  next  most  important  step  of  sifting  out 
the  poor  tests  and  of  bringing  forcibly  to  the  attention  of  prospective 
users  of  tests  those  of  greatest  merit. 

Henry  Lester  Smith, 

Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Cooperative  Research. 


(3) 

532070 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2015 


https://archive.org/details/bibliographyofedOOindi 


Bibliography  of  Educational  Measurements 


ALGEBRA 

Childs’  Algebra  Test.  By  H.  G.  Childs.  Published:  1917.  Purpose:  to 
test  achievement  in  first-year  algebra.  Range:  first-year  algebra. 
Time  to  give:  47  minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized: 
at  end  of  year. 

The  test  consists  of  12  parts:  (1)  Subtraction;  (2)  Multiplication; 

(3)  Simple  equations;  (4)  Division;  (5)  Transposition;  (6)  Collecting; 
(7)  Stating  equations;  (8)  Clearing  of  fractions;  (9)  Fractional  equa- 
tions; (10)  Factoring;  (11)  Simultaneous  equations;  (12)  Stating  frac- 
tional equations.  This  test  was  devised  for  use  in  the  Indiana  high 
schools  and  has  never  been  printed  for  general  distribution. 

Publisher:  Extension  Division,  Indiana  University,  Bloomington, 

Ind. 

Price:  not  published  for  general  distribution. 

Coleman’s  Scale  in  Algebra.  By  W.  H.  Coleman.  Published:  no  infor- 
mation. Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  in  first-year  algebra. 
Range:  first-year  algebra.  Time  to  give:  30  minutes.  Time  to 
score:  short.  No  information  as  to  time  standardized. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  20  problems  including  the  essential  ele- 
ments of  first-year  algebra.  The  problems  are  presented  in  approxi- 
mately the  order  followed  by  standard  texts.  Each  contains  as  many 
forms  of  its  class  of  work  as  possible.  There  is  little  duplication  of  the 
same  kind  of  work.  They  have  a nearly  uniform  increase  in  difficulty, 
the  time  required  for  solution  receiving  consideration.  Space  for  solu- 
tion is  left  at  the  foot  of  the  page.  No  other  paper  is  to  be  used.  One 
scale  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  giving  and 
a key  for  scoring  are  available. 

Publisher:  Extension  Division,  University  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln,  Neb. 
Price:  Tests,  2 cents  each;  keys,  3 cents  each;  directions,  3 cents  each. 

Calibrated  Objective  Tests — Revised  Hurdles,  1921.  By  Murray  A.  Dal- 
man,  Director  of  Reference  and  Research,  Public  Schools,  Indianap- 
olis, Ind.  This  test  has  never  been  published  for  general  distribution. 

Douglas  Series  of  Diagnostic  Tests  for  First- Year  Algebra.  By  H.  R. 
Douglas.  Published:  1921.  Purpose:  Diagnostic.  Range:  grade  9. 
Time  to  give:  Series  A,  40  minutes  for  either  form;  Series  B,  12  to 
15  minutes.  Time  to  score:  Series  A,  1 to  2 minutes  for  all  tests; 
Series  B,  about  20  seconds  to  each  test.  Standardized:  Series  A, 
end  of  first  semester  in  algebra;  Series  B,  end  of  second  semester 
in  algebra. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  2 series,  A and  B,  each  containing  2 forms, 
either  of  which  may  be  used.  According  to  the  author,  “These  tests 
differ  from  other  algebra  scales  in  two  respects:  (1)  They  measure 


(5) 


6 


Indiana  University 


accuracy  or  power  and  not  rate  of  speed;  (2)  They  permit  of  specific 
diagnosis.”  Each  form  is  composed  of  4 tests  of  4 problems  each.  For 
example,  Series  A,  Form  II,  consists  of  the  following  tests:  (1)  Addition 
and  subtraction;  (2)  Multiplication;  (3)  Division;  (4)  Simple  equations. 
Only  answers  that  are  exactly  correct  are  counted.  One  test  of  each 
used  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  use  are  available. 
Publishers:  C.  A.  Gregory,  University  of  Oregon,  Eugene,  Ore. 

Price:  Series  A,  price  per  100  folders  including  directions,  $1.60; 
record  sheets,  3 cents  each;  Series  B,  price  per  set  of  7 tests,  4 cents,  or 
$3.50  per  100;  price  per  set  of  5 tests  (1-5),  3 cents,  or  $2.50  per  100; 
record  sheets,  3 cents  each;  directions  free;  one  complete  copy  with 
directions  and  score  key,  15  cents. 

Hotz’s  Algebra  Scales.  By  Henry  G.  Hotz.  Published:  1918.  Purpose: 
to  indicate  attainment,  to  measure  progress,  and  to  diagnose  diffi- 
culties. Range:  first-year  algebra.  Time  to  give:  not  a “time  limit” 
test.  Time  to  score:  30  seconds  for  each  test  of  Series  “A”;  60 
seconds  for  each  test  of  Series  “B”.  Standardized:  tentative  stand- 
ards established  for  pupils  having  had  algebra  3 months,  6 months, 
and  9 months. 

The  scales  are  composed  of  5 different  tests:  (1)  Addition  and  sub- 
traction, (2)  Multiplication  and  division,  (3)  Equation  and  formula, 
(4)  Graphs,  (5)  Problems.  Each  scale  is  composed  of  2 series  except 
the  graph  scale,  which  contains  only  one.  Series  B is  longer  than 
Series  A and  contains  from  11  to  25  exercises  in  each  scale.  Series  A, 
about  half  as  long  as  Series  B,  may  be  used  when  time  is  limited.  Scale 
B is  best  for  diagnostic  purposes.  The  manual  of  directions  contains 
all  necessary  instructions,  including  key  and  norms.  One  copy  of  each 
scale  sheet  is  required  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Bureau  of  Publication,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  70  cents  per  100.  Graph  scale,  $1.25  per  100.  “Manual  of 
Directions  for  First-Year  Algebra”,  by  Henry  G.  Hotz,  75  cents. 

A Test  in  Algebra.  By  Los  Angeles  Public  Schools.  Published:  1919. 
Purpose:  to  measure  attainment  in  first-year  algebra.  Range:  9 A 
(second  half-year).  Time  to  give:  40  minutes.  Time  to  score:  no 
information.  Local  standards. 

The  test  is  composed  of  15  problems.  The  problems  are  selected  in 
such  a way  as  to  test  the  pupil’s  ability  to  handle  the  different  parts  or 
phases  of  first-year  algebra. 

Publisher:  Board  of  Education,  Los  Angeles,  Calif. 

Price:  not  published  for  general  distribution. 

Standardized  Research  Tests  in  Algebra.  By  W.  S.  Monroe.  Published : 
1915.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  to  solve  simple  algebraic  opera- 
tions. Range:  secondary  schools.  Time  to  give:  1 to  2 minutes  each. 
Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  end-of-year  standards. 

There  are  6 separate  tests,  as  follows:  (1)  Multiplication,  (2)  Re- 
duction to  a common  denominator,  (3)  Division,  (4)  Transposition,  (5) 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Algebra 


7 


Collecting  terms,  (6)  Solving  equation.  Both  speed  and  accuracy  are 
measured.  The  number  of  problems  attempted  is  counted  to  determine 
the  speed  and  the  number  correct  to  determine  the  accuracy.  No  credit 
is  allowed  for  problems  partly  correct.  Test  6 is  more  complex  than 
the  others.  Space  for  solution  is  provided  on  the  same  page  with  the 
problems.  The  answer  is  to  be  written  in  a space  especially  prepared 
at  the  right  of  the  problem.  Instructions  for  giving,  and  record  sheets, 
with  standard  scores  on  back,  are  available.  One  test  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Kansas  State  Normal  School,  Emporia,  Kan. 

Price:  $1.50  per  100  copies  of  complete  series,  including  all  acces- 
sories. This  test  is  out  of  print. 

Illinois  Standardized  Algebra.  Tests  by  W.  S.  Monroe  and  L.  W.  Wil- 
liams. Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  accuracy 
in  finding  the  unknown  x.  Range : secondary  school.  Time  to  give : 
4 to  10  minutes  for  each  of  4 tests  in  a set.  Time  to  score:  short. 
Standardized:  near  end  of  first,  second,  and  third  semesters. 

There  are  4 separate  tests  of  increasing  complexity.  The  unknown 
x is  to  be  found  in  each  problem.  Space  for  solution  is  left  after  each 
problem.  To  be  correct  each  step  is  to  be  shown  and  the  proper  signs 
used.  In  the  right-hand  corner  of  each  test,  space  is  left  for  recording 
the  number  of  problems  right,  and  the  number  attempted.  One  test- 
sheet  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Instructions  for  giving,  a 
key  for  scoring,  as  well  as  record  sheets,  are  available. 

Publishers:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  $2.50  per  100.  One  copy  of  scale  for  each  pupil  with  com- 
plete directions. 

Phillips’  Algebra  Tests.  By  F.  M.  Phillips.  Published:  1914.  Purpose: 
to  measure  improvement  in  certain  mathematical  abilities  during  a 
semester  of  college  algebra.  Range : first-year  college.  Time  to 
give:  15  minutes.  Time  to  score:  about  2 minutes.  Standardized: 
first  test,  opening  of  semester;  2d  test,  close  of  semester.  The  tests 
are  out  of  print. 

Rugg-Clark  Standardized  Tests  in  First-Year  Algebra.  By  H.  O.  Rugg 
and  J.  R.  Clark.  Published:  1918.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range: 
Booklet  I,  first  semester,  first-year  algebra;  Booklet  II,  second  semes- 
ter, first-year  algebra.  Time  to  give : 4 minutes  to  each  test. 
Time  to  score:  not  timed.  No  information  as  to  standardization. 
There  are  14  tests  arranged  in  2 pamphlets,  and  2 supplementary 
tests:  Test  15  for  graphs,  and  Test  16  for  quadratic  equations.  Each 
test  is  designed  to  measure  the  formal  operations  in  algebra.  The  tests 
are  “rate”  or  “time”  tests,  and  the  problems  are  so  arranged  that  the 
rate  can  easily  be  determined.  Preliminary  tests  are  given  one  day 
previous  to  the  regular  test,  so  that  pupils  will  be  familiar  with  the  pro- 
cedure in  testing.  Directions  and  record  sheets,  including  norms,  are 
available.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 


8 


Indiana  University 


Publisher:  University  of  Chicago  Bookstore,  University  of  Chicago, 
Chicago,  111. 

Price:  8 cents  a set;  sample  set,  12  cents  each. 

Rugg  and  Clark’s  Standardized  Practice  Exercises  in  First- Year  Algebra. 
By  H.  0.  Rugg  and  J.  R.  Clark.  Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to 
diagnose  difficulties  and  to  furnish  drill  in  algebra.  Range:  first- 
year  algebra.  Time  to  give:  varies  with  the  type  of  test,  2 to  8 
minutes  for  each  of  the  14  exercises.  Standardized:  no  information 
as  to  time  standardized. 

The  practice  exercises  consist  of  a series  of  14  tests  on  7 cards, 
composed  of  type  problems  to  be  used  to  test  speed  and  accuracy,  and 
not  for  drill.  For  example,  Set  No.  5 is  composed  of  15  problems  in 
subtraction.  Ten  should  be  solved  correctly  in  3 minutes.  The  exer- 
cises are  teaching  devices  as  well  as  tests.  The  answers  are  on  back 
of  each  card.  One  set  of  14  exercises  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
tested.  Instructions  and  record  cards  are  furnished  with  the  tests. 

Publisher:  University  of  Chicago  Bookstore,  University  of  Chicago, 
Chicago,  111. 

Price:  12  cents  a set  of  14  exercises;  record  sheets,  V2  cent  each. 

Stromquist’s  Algebra  Tests.  By  C.  E.  Stromquist.  Published:  spring 
of  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  speed  and  accuracy  in  algebra. 
Range:  high  school.  Time  to  give:  first  4 tests,  4 minutes  each; 
Tests  5 and  6,  5 minutes  each;  Test  7,  10  minutes.  Time  to  score: 
20  to  30  minutes.  Standardized:  no  information  as  to  time  stand- 
ardized. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  7 parts,  as  follows:  (1)  Application  of 
formulae,  (2)  Division,  (3)  Simple  equations  in  one  unknown,  (4)  Simple 
simultaneous  equations,  (5)  Factoring,  (6)  Numerical  substitution,  (7) 
Forming  equations.  Answers  are  wholly  right  or  wholly  wrong,  except 
that  on  Test  4,  one-half  credit  is  to  be  given  for  the  correct  answer 
to  either  unknown.  No  problems  are  to  be  rechecked  for  mistakes  by 
the  pupil.  Work  is  to  be  done  as  rapidly  as  possible  with  care.  One 
test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Score  card  as  well  as  in- 
structions will  be  found  on  each  test  sheet. 

Publisher:  University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyo. 

Price:  $2.75  per  100  copies;  $1.40  per  50  copies;  3 cents  per  single 
copy,  plus  transportation. 

Thurston’s  Algebra  Test.  Copyrighted:  1919,  by  Carnegie  Institute  of 
Technology;  1922,  by  World  Book  Co.  Range:  high  school  seniors 
and  college  freshmen.  Time  to  give:  30-minute  limit. 

Description:  see  Thurston’s  Vocational  Guidance  Tests. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price : $1  per  package  of  25  tests,  with  one  key  and  one  record  sheet. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Arithmetic 


9 


ARITHMETIC 

Automatic  Exercises  in  Arithmetic.  By  — Arleigh.  Crown  Pub- 

lishing Co.,  South  Pasadena,  Calif.  No  information  in  regard  to 
this  test  was  obtainable. 

Bonser’s  Arithmetic  Reasoning  Test.  By  F.  G.  Bonser.  Published:  1910. 
Purpose:  to  measure  mathematical  judgment.  Range:  grades  4,  5, 
and  6.  Time  to  give:  not  “time  limit”  tests.  Time  to  score:  no 
information.  Not  standardized. 

The  test  is  composed  of  20  problems  arranged  in  4 sets,  stated  as 
follows:  2 sets  of  5 each,  IA  and  IB,  stated  in  the  form  usually  fol- 
lowed in  current  textbooks  in  arithmetic;  and  2 sets  of  5 each,  II A and 
IIB,  of  the  same  difficulty  as  the  preceding  in  processes  involved  but 
stated  in  a less  conventional  way.  Each  of  the  10  problems  in  the  first 
type  may  be  called  a “two-step”  problem,  requiring  a preliminary  opera- 
tion to  secure  the  intermediate  data  necessary  to  the  final  operation. 
The  test  has  never  been  published  for  general  testing  purposes.  This 
can  be  found  in  Teachers  College  Contribution  to  Education  No.  37c 

Boston  Fraction  Sheets.  By  Department  of  Educational  Investigation 
and  Research.  Published:  no  information.  This  is  drill  material. 

There  are  4 tests,  as  follows:  (1)  Addition  of  common  fractions, 
(2)  Subtraction  of  common  fractions,  (3)  Multiplication  of  common  frac- 
tions, (4)  Division  of  common  fractions.  Each  test  is  made  up  of  10 
forms.  Each  form  in  addition  and  subtraction  contains  12  problems; 
those  in  multiplication  and  division  contain  10  problems  each. 

Publisher:  Department  of  Educational  Investigation  and  Research, 
34  Normal  School  Building,  Huntington  Ave.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Price:  no  information. 

Determining  the  Achievement  of  Pupils  in  Addition,  Subtraction,  Multi- 
plication, and  Division  of  Fractions.  By  Boston  Public  Schools. 
Published:  1915.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  handle  the 
fundamental  operations  of  fractions.  Time  to  give:  2 to  5 min- 
utes each.  Time  to  score:  short.  No  information  as  to  standardiza- 
tion. 

These  25  tests  deal  with  the  fundamentals  of  common  fractions. 
The  addition  test,  for  example,  is  a folder  containing  6 tests  chosen 
in  a way  to  measure  the  pupil’s  ability  to  handle  all  the  combina- 
tions in  addition.  The  subtraction  folder  contains  5 tests,  and  the  multi- 
plication and  division  folders  contain  7 tests  each.  The  tests  are  not 
available  for  general  use. 

Publishers:  Department  of  Educational  Investigation  and  Measure- 
ment, Boston  Public  Schools,  Boston,  Mass. 

Price:  not  available  for  general  distribution. 


10 


Indiana  University 


Buckingham’s  Scales  for  Problems  in  Arithmetic.  By  B.  R.  Buckingham. 
Published:  1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  reasoning  ability.  Range: 
grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  not  more  than  60  minutes,  not  “time 
limit”  tests.  Time  to  score:  approximately,  50  seconds.  Standard- 
ized: mid-year  standards. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  3 tests  or  divisions:  (1)  grades  3 and  4, 
(2)  grades  5 and  6,  (3)  grades  7 and  8.  Each  division  is  made  up  of  2 
equivalent  forms,  of  10  problems  each,  arranged  in  order  of  difficulty. 
Each  problem  is  weighted,  values  ranging  from  2.7  to  9.4.  Space  is 
left  below  each  problem  for  solution.  No  other  paper  is  to  be  used.  The 
answer  is  placed  in  a little  square  at  the  right  of  the  problem.  Direc- 
tions for  use  are  printed  on  the  test.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil 
to  be  tested.  Form  I should  be  used  for  first  testing  and  Form  II  for 
second  testing. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  80  cents  per  100,  each  division,  I,  II,  and  III. 

Clapp’s  School  Tests  in  Upper  Arithmetic.  By  Frank  L.  Clapp.  Pub- 
lished: in  “A  Survey  of  the  Public  Schools  of  Idaho  Springs,  Colo- 
rado, 1918”.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  solve  typical 
problems  in  arithmetic.  Range:  grades  7 and  8.  Time  to  give:  25 
minutes.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  No  information  as  to 
standardization. 

The  test  is  composed  of  25  typical  problems  or  “it  is  believed  such 
as  should  be  solved  by  pupils  in  the  upper  grades”.  Out  of  print. 

Clapp’s  Standard  School  Tests:  The  Number  Combinations.  By  Frank 
L.  Clapp  and  Bernard  P.  Hubner.  Published:  1923.  Purpose:  to 
measure  speed  and  accuracy  in  handling  the  number  combinations. 
Range:  grades  2 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  3 to  15  minutes,  de- 
pending upon  grade.  Time  to  score : 1 minute.  Tentative  standards. 
End  of  first  3 months  of  school.  Standards  for  the  end  of  six- 
and  nine-months’  periods  to  be  determined. 

There  are  3 tests,  as  follows:  (1)  “A”  in  single  form,  (2)  “B”  in 
problems,  (3)  “C”  in  special  diagnostic  problems.  Test  A is  for  grades 
2 to  8 inclusive.  It  is  composed  of  390  simple  problems,  100  for  each 
of  the  first  3 operations  and  90  for  division.  Test  B is  for  grades  4 to 
8 inclusive.  It  differs  from  Test  A only  in  the  number  of  problems  and 
degree  of  difficulty.  Test  C is  composed  of  all  types  of  problems  in 
number  combinations.  Speed  is  determined  by  the  time  required  to 
solve  all  problems.  Accuracy  is  determined  by  the  number  of  errors 
made  while  solving  the  problems.  The  tests  may  be  used  separately. 
One  test  of  each  used  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Frank  L.  Clapp,  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  $1.25  per  100,  including  directions  and  answer  key. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Arithmetic 


11 


Cleveland  Survey  Tests.  By  Cleveland  Survey  Staff.  Published:  1916. 
Purpose : to  measure  ability  in  the  four  fundamentals,  including  frac- 
tions. Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  V2  to  3 minutes  for 
each  set.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  March  or 
April  standards. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  15  sets,  arranged  spirally,  in  order  of 
difficulty,  on  a folder.  They  are  composed  of  4 sets  in  addition,  2 in 
subtraction,  3 in  multiplication,  4 in  division,  and  2 in  fractions.  For 
example,  the  addition  problems  range  from  one-place  numbers  with  2 
addends  to  four-place  numbers  with  several  addends.  The  tests  lend 
themselves  to  diagnostic  purposes.  One  copy  of  the  test  series  is  needed 
for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Instructions  and  blanks  for  recording  with 
standard  scores  are  printed  on  a separate  sheet.  The  examiner  needs 
one  test  series  and  one  class  record  sheet. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  $1.90  per  100  copies.  Sample  sets  including  one  test  series 
and  one  class  record  sheet,  10  cents,  postpaid. 

Courtis  Standard  Research  Test:  Series  A.  Test  No.  7.  By  S.  A. 
Courtis.  Published:  1908.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  accuracy 
in  handling  the  fundamentals  with  problems  using  the  signs  of  opera- 
tion. Range:  upper  elementary  grades.  Time  to  give:  no  informa- 
tion. Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information 
as  to  time  standardized. 

The  test  is  composed  of  16  problems  involving  the  4 fundamental 
operations  in  arithmetic.  No  other  paper  is  to  be  used.  The  problems 
are  written,  using  the  sign  to  indicate  the  procedure.  Keys  are  fur- 
nished for  scoring.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  65  cents  per  envelope  containing  material  for  40  pupils,  in- 
cluding instructions. 

Courtis  Standard  Research  Tetets^  Series  B.  By  S.  A.  Courtis.  Pub- 
lished: 1914.  Purpose:  to  meagre  the  pupil’s  ability  to  handle  the 
4 fundamentals  in  arithmetic  with  proper  speed  and  accuracy. 
Range:  grades  3 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  4 to  8 minutes  each. 
Time  to  score:  20  minutes.  Standardized:  June  standards. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  4 forms,  equivalent  and  interchangeable. 
Each  form  is  made  up  of  4 tests,  one  in  each  of  the  fundamental  opera- 
tions in  arithmetic.  The  addition  test  is  used  here  as  an  example  to 
show  what  the  tests  are  intended  to  reveal:  (1)  the  fundamental  com- 
binations, (2)  the  mechanism  of  column  addition,  (3)  to  carry,  (4)  to 
bridge  the  addition  span,  (5)  to  control  the  effect  of  fatigue,  (6)  to 
work  at  the  proper  speed,  (7)  accuracy.  For  each  test  one  form  is 
needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Instructions  and  norms  are  available. 
Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  75  cents  per  envelope  of  40  tests,  including  instructions. 


12 


Indiana  University 


Courtis  Standard  Practice  Tests  in  Arithmetic.  By  S.  A.  Courtis. 
Published:  1912;  revised,  1920.  Purpose:  to  determine  the  indi- 
vidual needs  of  the  pupils  and  the  degree  and  kind  of  drill  to  meet 
those  needs.  Range:  grades  4 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information. 
Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information  as  to 
time  standardized.  Used  for  drill  purposes  to  bring  children  up  to 
standard. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  48  graded  lessons  on  cards,  in  2 forms, 
A and  B,  including  5 research  tests  and  8 cards  for  special  study, 
covering  arithmetical  operation  with  whole  numbers,  in  grades  4 to  8. 
The  1920  revision  offers  several  new  features  for  measuring  and  super- 
visory work.  The  practice  tests  are  teaching  devices  as  well  as  tests. 
The  examiner  needs  one  cabinet  of  adequate  size,  one  teacher’s  manual, 
one  teacher’s  record.  Besides  cabinet  cards  for  the  class,  each  pupil 
needs  one  copy  of  Student’s  Record  and  Practice  Pad. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y.,  also  Kansas 
State  Normal  School,  Emporia,  Kan. 

Prices:  World  Book  Co.: 

Cabinet  I.  576  lesson  cards  with  guides.  For  class  of  48  pupils. 
$8.50  net. 

Cabinet  II.  288  lesson  cards  with  guides.  For  class  of  24  pupils. 
$6.50  net. 

Cabinet  III.  144  lesson  cards.  For  a class  of  12  pupils.  $2.25  net. 
Students’  Record  and  Practice  Pad.  14  pages  of  record  and  100 
tissue  sheets,  15  cents  net. 

Teacher’s  Manual.  64  pages.  30  cents  net. 

Teacher’s  Record.  Pages  45-53  of  Teacher’s  Manual.  5 cents  net. 
Research  Tests.  Envelope  of  48  cards,  consisting  of  3 Research  and 
2 Supervisory  Tests.  Price  75  cents  net. 

Lesson  Cards  1 to  48:  Form  A.  47  cards  in  an  envelope.  75  cents  net. 
Lesson  Cards  1 to  48:  Form  B.  47  cards  in  an  envelope.  75  cents  net. 
Extra  Lesson  Cards.  Package  of  25  of  any  lesson  card.  50  cents  net. 
Specimen  Sets.  Consists  of  2 envelopes  of  Lesson  Cards  1 to  48: 
Form  A and  B,  $1. 

Students’  Record  and  Practice  Pad  and  1 Teacher’s  Manual.  $1.50, 
postpaid. 

Courtis  Standard  Research  Tests:  Series  A.  By  S.  A.  Courtis.  Pub- 
lished: 1908.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  handle  the  4 
fundamentals.  Standardized:  no  information. 

There  are  8 tests.  The  first  4 consist  of  problems  to  measure  the 
pupil’s  ability  to  handle  combinations  from  0 to  9 in  addition,  subtrac- 
tion, multiplication,  and  division.  The  fifth  consists  in  copying  figures 
(rate  of  motor  ability).  The  seventh  is  described  separately.  The 
eighth  consists  of  reasoning  problems.  Series  A,  except  No.  7,  has  been 
largely  replaced  by  Series  B. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  $4  per  1,000;  answer  cards,  2 cents  each;  record  and  super- 
vision graph,  6 cents  each. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Arithmetic 


13 


Courtis’  Supervisory  Tests  in  Arithmetic,  A and  B.  By  S.  A.  Courtis. 
Published:  1918.  Range:  Test  A,  grades  4B,  4A,  and  5B;  Test  B, 
grades  5A  to  8 A.  Time  required  to  give  test:  Test  A,  3 to  6^ 
minutes;  Test  B,  41/£  to  9 minutes.  Time  to  score:  30  minutes. 
Standardized:  June  scores. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  32  cents  for  one  complete  copy  with  instructions  for  giving 
and  score  key. 

General  Test  A,  Form  X.  By  Detroit  Public  Schools.  Published:  1922. 
Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  accuracy  in  the  4 fundamentals 
of  arithmetic.  Range:  grades  4B  to  5B  inclusive.  Time  to  give: 
to  minutes.  Scoring  made  easy  by  use  of  an  answer  card. 
Detroit  standards. 

The  test  is  composed  of  6 problems  in  addition,  12  in  subtraction, 
and  5 in  division.  No  carrying  is  required.  Speed  is  determined  by 
the  number  of  problems  attempted  in  the  time  allowed.  Accuracy  is 
determined  by  the  number  solved  correctly.  The  test  is  primarily  a local 
one,  but  it  may  be  used  by  systems  that  desire  to  compare  their  own 
achievements  with  those  of  Detroit.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil 
to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Educational  Research,  Detroit  Public  Schools, 
Detroit,  Mich. 

Price:  no  information. 

General  Test  B,  Form  W.  By  Detroit  Public  Schools.  Published:  1922. 
Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  accuracy  in  the  4 operations  in 
arithmetic.  Range:  grades  5 A to  8 A inclusive.  Time  to  give: 
4%  to  6%  minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Detroit  standards. 

The  test  is  composed  of  8 problems  in  addition,  8 in  subtraction,  5 
in  multiplication,  and  4 in  division.  Speed  is  determined  by  the  number 
of  problems  attempted  in  the  time  allowed,  and  accuracy  is  determined 
by  the  number  of  problems  solved  correctly.  The  test  is  primarily  a 
local  test,  but  it  may  be  used  by  the  systems  that  desire  to  compare  their 
own  achievements  with  those  of  Detroit.  One  test  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Department  of  Educational  Research,  Detroit  Public 
Schools,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Price:  no  information. 

Fassett’s  Standardized  Number  Tests.  Published:  no  information. 
Range:  grades  4 to  7 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  different  times  for 
different  cards.  Time  to  score:  each  child  scores  his  own  paper. 
Standardized:  no  information. 

Publisher:  Milton  Bradley  and  Co.,  Springfield,  Mass. 

Price:  12  cents  per  package. 


14 


Indiana  University 


Guhin’s  Number  Tests.  By  M.  M.  Guhin.  Published:  1919.  Purpose: 
to  measure  speed  and  accuracy  in  the  fundamentals  of  arithmetic. 
Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  from  150  seconds  for  third 
grade  to  100  seconds  for  eighth  grade.  Standardized. 

The  Guhin  “Example  Books”  are  composed  of  both  exercises  and 
tests.  The  tests  involve  more  than  ordinary  tests  as  they  constitute  a 
part  of  Guhin’s  method  of  teaching  number  combinations.  Both  speed 
and  accuracy  are  measured.  The  pupil  marks  the  time  on  his  paper 
when  he  finishes  his  work.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Publisher:  Hub  City  Supply  Co.,  20  Third  Ave.,  S.E.,  Aberdeen,  S.D. 
Price:  40  cents  per  100  net. 

This  is  not  considered  test  material. 

Pittsburgh  Arithmetic  Scale:  Forms  A,  B,  C.  By  J.  Freeman  Guy. 
Published:  1921.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  in  the  funda- 
mentals of  arithmetic.  Range : grades  3 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to 
give:  25  minutes;  actual  working  time  of  pupils,  118  minutes.  Time 
to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  end  of  semester. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  3 forms,  A,  B,  and  C,  all  equal  in  diffi- 
culty. Each  form  consists  of  problems  selected  from  the  4 fundamentals. 
“The  rows  of  examples  increase  in  difficulty.”  One  test  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Department  of  Research  and  Measurement,  Board  of 
Education,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Price:  set  of  30  tests,  including  directions  and  score  key,  grade, 
year,  and  age  norms,  30  cents. 

The  Hollywood  Arithmetic  Test.  By  Division  of  Educational  Research, 
Los  Angeles,  City  School  District.  Published:  1918,  in  First  Year- 
Book,  Department  of  Educational  Research,  Los  Angeles,  Calif. 
Purpose : to  measure  rate  and  quality  of  work  in  arithmetic. 
Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  30  minutes.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Not  standardized. 

The  test  is  composed  of  Forms  1,  2,  and  3.  Each  form  contains  19 
problems.  The  problems  range  from  simple  problems  in  the  4 opera- 
tions to  reasoning  problems  in  percentage.  The  problems  are  weighted. 
Scores  for  rate  and  quality  are  given.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil 
to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Division  of  Educational  Research,  City  Schools,  Los 

Angeles,  Calif. 

Price : no  information. 

It  has  been  ascertained  that  this  was  nothing  more  than  a printed 
examination  and  all  copies  have  been  destroyed. 

Hoover  and  Kelly  Arithmetic  Cards  (practice  exercises).  Published: 
1922.  Range:  third  grade. 

Publisher:  W.  H.  Wheeler  and  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  4 cents  per  card;  one  card  for  2 pupils.  A drill  device, 
not  a test. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Arithmetic 


15 


Kansas  State  Normal  School  Research  Tests  in  Arithmetic.  Same  as 
Courtis  Standard  Research  Test  in  Arithmetic,  Series  B. 

Number  Fact  Drill  and  Test  Sheet.  By  Myrtle  L.  Kaufmann.  Pub- 
lished: 1921.  Purpose:  teaching  device.  Range:  grade  2.  Time 
to  give:  3 minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Local  standards:  end 
of  semester. 

The  test  is  composed  of  simple  problems  in  addition  and  subtraction. 
The  test  is  not  published  for  general  distribution. 

Publisher:  Myrtle  L.  Kaufmann,  Logansport,  Ind. 

Stanford  Achievement  Test.  By  Truman  L.  Kelley,  G.  M.  Ruch,  and 
Lewis  M.  Terman.  See  Stanford  Achievement  Test  under  Miscel- 
laneous. 

Los  Angeles  Arithmetic  Tests.  This  test  is  out  of  print  and  has  not  been 
used  for  several  years.  Since  the  publishers  have  no  copies  of  it 
they  cannot  give  us  any  information. 

Lunceford’s  Diagnostic  Number  Tests.  By  A.  E.  Lunceford.  Published: 
1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  ability  of  primary  pupils  to  make 
simple  combinations  in  addition.  Range:  primary  grades.  Time 
to  give:  5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  1 minute.  Standardized:  mid- 
year scores. 

The  test  is  composed  of  problems  of  simple  combinations  in  addition. 
The  tests  are  especially  recommended  for  diagnostic  purposes.  “They 
have  proved  to  be  quite  a valuable  device  for  discovering  peculiar  num- 
ber combinations. ” One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Publisher:  Kansas  State  Normal  School,  Emporia,  Kan. 

Price:  75  cents  per  100  copies.  Sample  sets,  6 cents,  postpaid. 

Manuel’s  Digit  Combination.  By  Colorado  State  Normal  School.  Pub- 
lished: November,  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  do 
simple  combinations  in  the  4 fundamentals.  Range:  grades  3 to  8. 
Time  to  give:  10  minutes  for  each  part.  Time  to  score:  1 to  5 
minutes  each  part,  according  to  extent  of  information  wanted. 
Standardized:  no.  Norms  are  being  made  on  basis  of  results  iil 
western  Colorado.  Tests  given  near  mid-year. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  combinations  in  the  four  fundamentals  in 
arithmetic.  “There  are  100  combinations  of  digits  in  addition,  subtrac- 
tion, and  multiplication,  and  90  in  division.  This  includes  such  similar 
combinations  as  9 plus  6 and  6 plus  9,  32  divided  by  8,  and  32  divided 
by  4.  Examples  in  which  0 would  be  a divisor  are  excluded.”  . The 
screen  covers  the  problem  and  is  adjusted  at  regular  periods  so  that 
the  pupils  can  see  the  problems  that  they  are  to  solve,  for  only  a defi- 
nitely limited  time.  Screens  may  be  used  for  more  than  one  class.  One 
test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  use  are  avail- 
able. 

Publishers:  Colorado  State  Normal  School,  Gunnison,  Colo. 

Prices:  test  blanks  (specify  whether  for  addition,  subtraction,  mul- 
tiplication, or  division),  (one  for  each  pupil),  60  cents  per  100.  Screens 
(one  for  each  pupil  in  largest  class  in  each  school),  60  cents  per  100. 


16 


Indiana  University 


Maxson’s  Practical  Self-Keyed  Fundamental  Number  Work.  Published: 
about  1910.  Range:  grades  2 to  9.  Time  to  give:  any  assigned 
time.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  informa- 
tion. 

This  is  not  a test,  but  a thoro  and  comprehensive  number  drill  sys- 
tem containing  original  features  that  make  it  practical,  workable,  and 
effective. 

Publisher:  J.  L.  Hammett  and  Co.,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Price:  60  cents  per  set,  including  directions  and  score  key. 

Monroe’s  Standardized  Reasoning  Tests  in  Arithmetic.  By  W.  S.  Mon- 
roe. Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  to  reason  in 
arithmetic.  Range:  grades  4 to  8.  Time  to  give:  not  more  than  25 
minutes.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  time  of 
year  standards  were  made,  April. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  15  problems  each:  Test  I,  grades  4 and  5; 
Test  II,  grades  6 and  7;  Test  III,  grade  8.  Scoring  is  based  on  both 
right  principle  and  correct  answer.  Right  principle  and  correct  answer 
are  weighted  in  each  problem.  Right  principle  is  usually  regarded  as 
of  the  most  importance;  however,  they  are  sometimes  regarded  as  having 
equal  value.  Speed  can  be  measured,  altho  the  tests  are  not  primarily 
speed  tests.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions 
for  giving  are  printed  on  the  tests.  Norms  and  record  sheets  are 
available.  Two  forms  of  this  test  of  equal  difficulty  are  available: 
Form  I and  Form  II. 

Publishers:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  Test  I,  grades  4 and  5,  80  cents  per  100;  Test  II,  grades  6 
and  7,  80  cents  per  100;  Test  III,  grade  8,  80  cents  per  100. 

Monroe’s  Diagnostic  Tests  in  Arithmetic.  By  W.  S.  Monroe.  Published: 
1917.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range:  grades  4 to  8.  Time  required 
to  give:  varies  with  grades,  from  30  seconds  to  4 minutes,  for  each 
separate  test.  Standardized:  April  scores. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  4 parts  on  separate  folders,  each  part 
including  from  4 to  6 tests.  Part  I,  including  Tests  1 to  6,  is  on  “Opera- 
tions with  integers”.  Part  II,  Tests  7 to  11,  is  on  “Operations  with 
integers”,  but  of  greater  difficulty  than  Part  I.  Part  III,  Tests  12  to  16, 
consists  of  “Operations  with  common  fractions”.  Part  IV,  Tests  17  to 
21,  consists  of  “Multiplication  and  division  of  decimal  fractions”.  One 
set  of  the  4 parts  should  be  ordered  for  each  pupil. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  85  cents  per  100  for  each  part. 

Monroe’s  General  Survey  Scale  in  Arithmetic.  By  Walter  S.  Monroe. 
Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  perform 
the  operations  of  arithmetic.  Range:  Scale  I,  grades  3,  4,  5;  Scale 
II,  grades  6,  7,  8.  Time  to  give:  Scale  I,  7 minutes;  Scale  II,  17% 
minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  January  scores. 

The  general  survey  scale  is  composed  of  2 separate  scales  as  fol- 
lows: Scale  I for  grades  3,  4,  5;  Scale  II  for  grades  6,  7,  8.  Scale  I 
is  composed  of  8 tests,  2 for  each  of  the  fundamental  operations.  All 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Arithmetic 


17 


the  tests  are  to  be  given  at  one  testing.  Scale  II  is  composed  of  7 tests. 
All  are  to  be  given  at  one  testing.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  pupil 
to  be  tested.  Directions  for  giving  and  scoring  are  furnished. 
Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  $1  per  100.  Sample  sets,  15  cents.  Directions  and  norms 
included. 

Omaha  Speed  and  Accuracy  Test.  Assistant  Superintendent  of  Schools, 
Omaha,  Neb.,  says  that  the  only  test  of  this  kind  that  they 
ever  had  was  a mimeographed  sheet  of  arithmetic  tests  in  the 
fundamentals  similar  to  Courtis,  Series  B.  They  simply  made  up 
exercises  like  Courtis’  and  used  them  for  practice,  using  the  same 
standards  as  he  used.  Their  practice  tests  are  out  of  print  now. 

Progress  Tests  in  Arithmetic.  By  Harriet  E.  Peet  and  Walter  F.  Dear- 
born. Published:  1920.  Purpose:  diagnostic  and  power  test.  Range: 
grades  4 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  grades  4 and  5,  55  minutes; 
grades  6,  7,  or  8,  70  minutes  for  complete  test.  Time  to  score : short. 
Standardized:  mid-year  and  June  scores. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  2 series:  (1)  grades  4 and  5,  (2)  grades 
6,  7,  and  8.  Each  series  is  composed  of  5 tests,  each  test  containing  from 
9 to  13  problems.  Test  1 in  each  series  is  a reasoning  test.  Space  is 
left  under  each  problem  for  the  solution.  The  problems  are  weighted. 
Values  range  from  4 to  16.  One  series  of  tests  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  giving  are  printed  on  the  tests. 
Directions  for  giving,  a key  for  scoring,  and  blank  for  recording,  as 
well  as  median  scores,  are  furnished  on  a separate  folder. 

Publishers:  Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  Boston,  New  York,  or  Chicago,  111. 
Also,  the  Harvard  Graduate  School  of  Education,  18  Lawrence  Hall, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

Price:  $1.20  per  package  of  24  tests  and  a record  card  with  direc- 
tions. 

Scale  of  Attainment,  Number  1 (Spelling,  Arithmetic,  Reading).  By 
L.  W.  Pressey.  Published:  1920;  revised,  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure 
progress  in  reading,  arithmetic,  and  spelling.  Range : grade  2.  Time 
to  give : not  more  than  30  minutes  for  all  tests.  Time  to  score : about 
1 blank  per  minute.  Standardized:  January  scores,  before  promo- 
tion. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  4 tests:  1 on  spelling,  1 on  arithmetic, 
and  2 on  reading.  The  spelling  test  is  composed  of  24  words  to  be 
spelled  by  the  pupil.  Tests  2 and  4 are  reading  tests.  Test  2 consists  of 
24  lines,  made  up  of  meaningless  groups  of  letters,  each  line  containing 
only  one  real  word.  The  pupil  is  to  draw  a line  around  the  word  in 
each  line.  Word  recognition  is  tested.  Test  4 consists  of  29  sentences, 
each  containing  a word  that  should  not  be  there.  The  pupils  are  to 
draw  lines  around  the  word  that  should  not  be  there.  One  scale  contain- 
ing the  4 tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Department  of  Psychology,  Indiana  University,  Bloom- 
ington, Ind. 


2—26069 


18 


Indiana  University 


Price:  $1.15  per  100,  including  all  necessary  instruction  for  giving 
and  scoring. 

Scale  of  Attainment  No.  2 (American  History,  Arithmetical  Reasoning, 
English  Grammar,  and  Reading  Vocabulary).  By  L.  W.  Pressey. 
See  Scale  of  Attainment  No.  2,  listed  under  History. 

Scale  of  Attainment  No.  3.  By  L.  W.  Pressey.  Published:  1921.  Pur- 
pose : to  measure  “essential  achievement’’  in  the  third  grade.  Range : 
grade  3.  Time  to  give:  7 to  8 minutes  each.  Time  to  score:  2 
minutes  per  blank.  Standardized:  April  and  May  scores. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  3 tests:  (1)  spelling,  (2)  reading,  (3)  arith- 
metic. The  spelling  test  is  composed  of  24  mutilated  sentences,  each 
containing  a blank  for  writing  the  missing  word.  The  teacher  reads 
the  sentence  and  supplies  the  missing  word.  The  pupil  is  directed  to 
write  the  word  in  the  place  where  it  should  be.  Test  2 is  a reading 
test  composed  of  7 paragraphs,  with  4 questions  on  each  paragraph. 
Each  question  has  4 answers  written  after  it,  one  of  which  is  correct. 
The  pupil  is  to  draw  a line  around  the  correct  answer.  Test  3 in 
arithmetic  is  composed  of  28  problems.  After  each  problem  4 answers 
are  written,  one  of  which  is  correct.  The  pupil  is  directed  to  draw  a 
line  around  the  correct  answer.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
measured.  Complete  directions  for  giving  and  recording  are  given  on 
a separate  sheet,  norms  on  another  sheet. 

Publishers:  Department  of  Psychology,  Indiana  University,  Bloom- 
ington, Ind. 

Price:  90  cents  per  100,  including  instructions  for  giving  and 
scoring. 

Arithmetic  Scale  A.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  1915.  Purpose:  to 
measure  pupil’s  ability  in  arithmetic.  Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time 
to  give:  about  15  minutes.  Time  to  score:  about  V2  minute. 
Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  12  steps,  increasing  in  difficulty.  Each 
step  is  weighted  with  values  ranging  from  .4  to  15.1.  “A  pupil’s  score 
is  the  number  of  the  highest  score  passed,  minus  any  steps  on  which 
he  may  have  failed.”  All  the  steps  contain  reasoning  problems.  One 
scale  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  and  standards 
are  printed  on  a separate  sheet. 

Publisher:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  80  cents  per  100.  Direction  sheet,  including  standard  scores, 
2 cents  each. 

Stone  Reasoning  Test.  By  Clifford  W.  Stone.  Published:  1920.  Pur- 
pose: to  measure  reasoning  ability  in  arithmetic.  Range:  grades 
5 to  8.  Time  to  give:  15  minutes.  Time  to  score:  5 minutes  per 
pupil  after  acquaintance  and  some  practice.  Standardized : end-of- 
term  scores. 

The  test  is  composed  of  12  problems,  arranged  in  order  of  difficulty. 
The  problems  involve  skill  in  operation  as  well  as  in  reasoning.  * One 
equivalent  test  has  been  prepared.”  One  copy  of  the  original  or  the 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Arithmetic 


19 


equivalent  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  The  manual  of 
instructions,  class  diagnostic  sheets,  and  individual  diagnostic  sheets  are 
available. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  40  cents  per  100.  Manual  of  Directions,  65  cents.  Class 
Diagnostic  Sheet,  3 cents.  Individual  Diagnostic  Sheet,  $1  per  100. 

Studebaker  Economy  Practice  Exercises  in  Arithmetic.  By  John  W. 
Studebaker.  Published:  1916.  Purpose:  measure  and  increase 

of  pupil’s  ability  in  the  fundamentals  of  arithmetic.  Range:  grades 
4 to  8.  Time  to  give:  varies  with  grade,  4 to  7 minutes  each. 
Time  to  score : 1 minute.  Standardized : at  the  close  of  each  semester. 
The  Studebaker  Practice  Exercises  are  primarily  teaching  devices. 
The  exercises  are  printed  on  a card  with  holes  beneath  each  exercise, 
large  enough  for  the  pupil  to  write  his  answer  on  a sheet  of  paper 
placed  beneath  the  card.  At  the  end  of  the  time  allotted,  the  pupil 
turns  the  card  over  so  that  the  holes  will  come  directly  over  his  answers. 
The  pupil  can  then  easily  check  his  own  paper  by  comparison  with 
the  correct  answer  on  the  card  just  above.  The  pupil’s  score  is  written 
on  a folder  arranged  for  recording  daily  scores.  One  set  of  exercises 
is  needed  for  each  pupil. 

Publisher:  Scott,  Foresman  and  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  Set  B-l,  for  city  schools,  50  exercises  and  930  cards  (50 
pupil’s  folders,  1 Teacher’s  Manual,  and  1 Teacher’s  Record  Sheet  are 
supplied  free  with  each  set) , $18.  Studebaker  Exercises  assorted,  per 
100,  $2.50.  Pupil’s  folders,  per  100,  $2.  Teacher’s  Record  Sheets, 
per  dozen,  50  cents.  Teacher’s  Manual,  each  25  cents.  Index  for  set 
(50  cards),  $1. 

Theisen-Woody’s  Parallel  Tests.  By  W.  W.  Theisen.  “The  parallel 
tests  were  made  to  follow  the  Woody  Tests,  Series  A,  as  a second 
test.  The  time  for  giving,  scoring,  range,  etc.,  are  therefore  the 
same  as  for  the  Woody  tests.” 

There  are  4 tests:  addition,  subtraction,  multiplication,  and  division, 
with  the  problems  arranged  in  order  of  increasing  difficulty.  They  are 
made  up  of  problems  in  the  4 fundamentals  (whole  numbers  and 
fractions),  United  States  money,  denominate  numbers,  and  mixed  num- 
bers. They  contain  both  the  column  and  plus  sign  type  of  problems. 
One  test  of  each  form  used  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Publishers:  The  Parker  Co.,  Madison,  Wis. 

Price:  75  cents  per  100  for  each  operation. 

Thompson’s  Minimum  Essentials  in  Arithmetic.  By  Thomas  E.  Thomp- 
son. Published:  1912.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  speed  and  ac- 
curacy in  the  fundamentals  of  arithmetic.  Range:  grades  1 to  8. 
Time  to  give:  1%  to  6 minutes  each.  Time  to  score:  short. 
Standardized:  no  information  as  to  time  of  year  standards  were 
made. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  quick  oral  and  written  tests  in  the 
fundamentals  of  arithmetic.  There  are  11  oral  tests  and  11  written 


20 


Indiana  University 


tests.  The  latter  give  time  for  each  grade  for  each  test.  The  oral 
tests  are  for  practice  purposes  in  preparation  for  the  written  tests. 
The  problems  in  the  written  tests  are  the  same  as  those  in  the  oral 
test  except  that  they  are  rearranged.  Valuable  as  a system  of  teaching 
as  well  as  testing.  One  set  of  tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil. 
Publishers:  Ginn  and  Co.,  2301  Prairie  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  44  cents  per  100;  $1.60  for  500. 

Thurstone’s  Arithmetic  Tests.  By  Dr.  L.  L.  Thurstone.  Published: 
1919.  For  information,  see  Thurstone’s  Vocational  Guidance  Tests, 
listed  under  heading  “Vocational”. 


Washburne’s  Column  Addition  Test.  By  C.  W.  Washburne,  Skakie 
School,  Winnetka,  111.  Published:  1920.  Purpose:  no  information. 
Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  3 to  6 minutes.  Time  to 
score:  20  seconds.  Standardized  tentatively.  No  information  as  to 
time  of  year  for  which  tentative  standards  were  made. 

Publisher:  Horace  Mann  School,  Winnetka,  111. 

Price:  not  published  for  general  distribution. 

These  tests  are  of  almost  no  value  without  corresponding  practice 
material  which  is  not  yet  published. 

Witham’s  Standard  Arithmetic  Tests.  By  Ernest  C.  Witham.  Pub- 
lished: 1922.  Purpose:  to  determine  pupil’s  ability  in  arithmetic. 
Range:  grades  4 to  9.  Time  to  give:  30  to  45  minutes.  Time  to 
score:  1 minute.  Standardized:  fall  and  spring  scores. 

There  are  5 separate  tests:  (1)  all  the  essentials  of  several  tests 
in  1 test,  (2)  fractions,  (3)  decimals,  (4)  percentage,  (5)  denominate 
numbers.  Each  test  is  made  up  of  from  18  to  28  problems.  Space 
is  left  under  each  problem  for  the  solution.  One  test  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  to  be  tested.  Standards  and  answers  are  available  for  the  prob- 
lems. 

Publishers:  J.  L.  Hammett  Co.,  Newark,  N.J.,  and  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Price:  sets  of  50,  $1  per  set,  including  directions. 

Woody’s  Arithmetic  Scales:  Series  A and  B.  By  Clifford  Woody.  Pub- 
lished: 1916;  revised,  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  achievement  of 
a group,  class,  or  entire  school  system.  Range:  addition  and  sub- 
traction scales,  grades  2 to  8;  multiplication  and  division  scales, 
grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  about  1 
minute  per  copy.  Standardized:  October  standards,  but  scheme 
provided  for  making  standards  comparable  with  any  month. 

The  scales  are  composed  of  2 series,  A and  B.  Each  series  is 
made  up  of  4 scales,  one  for  each  of  the  4 fundamentals.  “The  examples 
in  each  scale  have  been  carefully  graded  and  arranged  in  order  of 
difficulty.  Series  A and  Series  B are  similar  in  construction,  but  Series 
B contains  only  about  half  as  many  problems  as  Series  A,  and  the 
problems  are  arranged  at  approximately  equal  intervals  on  the  scale.” 
Series  B is  especially  useful  when  time  is  limited;  Series  A is  more 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Biology 


21 


valuable  for  diagnosis.  One  test  of  either  series  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  to  be  tested.  The  examiner  needs  one  manual  of  directions,  and 
one  record  sheet  for  each  50  pupils. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City,  N.Y. 

Price:  50  cents  per  100  for  each  scale;  Manual  of  Directions,  60 
cents;  one  record  sheet  for  each  50  pupils,  3 cents  each;  answer  cards, 
5 cents  each. 

Woody-McCalPs  Mixed  Fundamentals.  By  Clifford  Woody  and  William 
A.  McCall.  Published:  1916.  Purpose:  diagnostic  (ability  to  handle 
fundamentals).  Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  20  minutes. 
Time  to  score:  about  1 minute  per  copy.  Standardized:  October 
scores,  but  scheme  given  for  making  standards  comparable  with  any 
month. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  2 forms  equivalent  and  interchangeable. 
They  were  formed  by  a special  arrangement  of  the  Woody  Arithmetic 
Scales.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil.  Directions  and  norms 
(June  medians)  are  printed  on  a separate  sheet. 

Publishers:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City,  N.Y. 

Price:  60  cents  per  100;  $5.50  per  1,000;  one  copy  of  directions 
is  supplied  with  each  class  order.  Sample  set,  6 cents  postpaid. 


BIOLOGY 

Grier’s  Range  of  Information:  Tests  in  Biology.  By  N.  M.  Grier. 
Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  range  of  information. 

Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to 
score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information  as  to  time  of 
standardization. 

Grier’s  Range  of  Information  Test  in  Biology  is  made  up  of  3 
parts,  as  follows:  (1)  Physiology;  (2)  Zoology;  (3)  Botany.  The 

physiology  test  consists  of  100  words  “selected  from  textbooks  used  in 
the  grades  in  the  following  manner.  A list  was  first  prepared  of  all 
those  words  pertaining  more  directly  to  physiology  discovered  in  the 
spellers  and  readers  previously  used  by  the  pupils  in  their  grade  school 
work.”  A similar  list  was  made  of  common  words  from  articles  in 
the  daily  newspapers.  Each  of  the  other  tests  was  constructed  in 
a similar  way.. 

Publisher:  N.  M.  Grier  (at  Hollins  College,  Hollins,  Ya.  in  1919). 
Price : no  information. 

Ruch-Cossmann  Biology  Test,  Form  B.  By  G.  M.  Ruch  and  Leo  Coss- 
mann.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  biology. 
Range:  grade  10  or  wherever  biology  is  taught.  Time  to  give:  45 
minutes.  Time  to  score:  4 to  6 minutes.  Standardized:  June  scores. 
The  test  is  made  up  of  5 separate  tests  covering  a broad  range 
of  work  in  biology.  Most  of  the  questions  are  followed  by  a series  of 


22 


Indiana  University 


answers.  The  pupils  are  to  indicate  the  word  or  words  that  make 
the  best  answer.  Test  5 is  on  “Mendelian  inheritance”.  One  test  is 
needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Bureau  of  Educational  Research,  University  of  Iowa, 
Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

Price:  no  charge  at  present  for  preliminary  forms. 


BOTANY 

Caldwell’s  Science  Tests  (Botany,  Chemistry,  Physics,  Zoology).  See 
heading  General  Science. 

Grier’s  Range  of  Information : Tests  in  Physiology,  Zoology,  and  Botany. 
By  N.  M.  Grier.  See  description  under  Biology. 


CHEMISTRY 

Bell’s  Test  in  First- Year  Chemistry.  By  J.  Carleton  Bell.  Published: 
1918.  Purpose:  informational.  Range:  first-year  chemistry  classes. 
Time  to  give:  no  “time  limit”.  Time  to  score:  2 minutes  per  paper. 
Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  test  is  composed  of  25  questions  on  first-year  chemistry. 
The  primary  object  of  the  study  was  to  determine  what  high  school 
pupils  in  Texas  know  about  first-year  chemistry.  The  questions  were 
framed  in  such  a way  that  most  of  the  answers  could  be  marked  right 
or  wrong.  The  test-  has  not  been  published  for  general  distribution. 

Caldwell’s  Science  Tests  (Botany,  Chemistry,  Physics,  and  Zoology). 
See  heading  General  Science. 

New  Type  of  High  School  Chemistry  Tests  for  Instructional  Purposes. 
By  Earl  R.  Glenn  and  Louis  E.  Welton.  Published:  1922.  Purpose: 
for  instruction  (a  teaching  device).  Range:  first-year  chemistry 
classes.  Time  to  give:  15  to  40  minutes.  Time  to  score:  usually 
scored  in  class  and  can  be  scored  in  from  5 to  10  minutes.  More 
time  required  for  first  2 or  3 tests.  In  process  of  standardization. 
There  are  14  tests,  as  follows:  (1)  elements,  compounds,  and 

mixtures;  (2)  oxygen,  its  properties  and  uses;  (3)  hydrogen,  its 
properties  and  uses;  (4)  the  metric  system;  (5)  measurement  of  gases; 
(6)  transformation  of  matter  and  energy;  (7)  water  and  hydrogen 
peroxide;  (8)  the  atomic  theory;  (9)  formulas  and  equations;  (10) 
the  chemical  symbols;  (11)  carbon,  carbon  monoxide,  and  carbon  dioxide; 
(12)  how  atoms  combine:  valence;  (13)  nitrogen  and  the  rare  gases  in 
the  atmosphere;  (14)  chlorine  and  hydro-chloric  acid.  One  set  of  tests 
is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Earl  R.  Glenn  and  Louis  E.  Welton,  425  West  One 
Hundred  Twenty-third  St.,  New  York  City,  N.Y. 

Price:  no  price  yet  determined.  Tests  have  been  distributed  free 
of  charge  to  cooperating  high  schools. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Chemistry 


23 


Jones’  Union  Science  Tests  in  Chemistry.  By  Franklin  T.  Jones.  Pub- 
lished: 1918.  Purpose:  for  practice  and  comparison.  Range:  first- 
year  chemistry.  Time  to  give:  2 to  10  minutes  per  test.  Time 
to  score:  10  tests  brief.  Standardized:  both  yes  and  no,  any  time 
after  the  first  week  of  school. 

There  are  10  separate  tests,  as  follows:  (Cl)  Names  and  symbols 
of  selected  elements;  (C2)  The  selection  of  elements  in  groups;  (C3) 
Oxides  of  the  elements;  (C4)  Hydroxides  of  the  elements;  (C5)  Salts 
of  metals;  (C6)  Meaning  of  chemical  symbols,  formulas,  equations; 
(C7)  Valence;  (C8)  Chemical  effect  of  heat;  (C9)  Chemical  effect  of 
various  agents;  (CIO)  Naming  of  acids  and  salts.  Each  test  is  composed 
of  from  3 to  50  exercises.  Directions  for  giving  and  scoring  are  available. 
One  set  of  tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  The  University  Supply  and  Book  Co.,  10109  Wilbur 
Ave.,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

Price:  10  tests,  15  cents  per  set. 

Chemistry  Scales  A and  B.  By  S.  R.  Powers.  Published:  1922.  Pur- 
pose : information  test  in  general  chemistry.  Range : classes  in 
general  chemistry.  Time  to  give:  Scale  A,  18  minutes;  Scale  B,  15 
minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  end-of-year  scores. 
The  Powers’  Chemistry  Scales  consist  of  2 scales,  A and  B.  Scale 

A,  Form  1,  is  composed  of  30  exercises  or  “tasks”.  This  is  a test 
of  ability  to  do  tasks  in  chemistry.  The  exercises  are  arranged  in 
3 groups  with  10  exercises  in  each.  An  average  value  is  given  for 
each  group.  The  first  task  is  to  write  the  molecular  formula  for 
potassium  iodide.  Scale  B,  Form  1,  is  made  up  of  60  statements  on 
general  chemistry.  In  each  of  the  statements,  there  are  5 choices  for 
the  last  word.  Only  one  of  them  will  make  the  statement  correct. 
“In  each  sentence  draw  a line  under  the  one  of  those  words  which  makes 
the  truest  sentence.” 

One  scale  of  each  given  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  2%  cents  per  copy. 

Rivett’s  Time  Limit  Test  in  Chemistry.  By  B.  J.  Rivett.  Published: 
no  information.  Purpose : to  test  pupil’s  ability  in  chemistry. 
Range:  first-year  chemistry.  Time  to  give:  IV2  to  6 minutes  each. 
Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information. 
There  are  6 separate  tests:  (1)  Form  A,  symbols  of  elements; 
(2)  Form  A,  valence  and  formulas;  (3)  Form  B,  elements;  (4)  Form 

B,  valence  and  formulas;  (5)  Form  A,  naming  compounds;  (6)  Form 
A,  writing  formulas.  Each  test  contains  from  20  to  40  exercises. 
One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  giving 
and  scoring  are  available. 

Publisher:  B.  J.  Rivett,  Northwestern  High  School,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  75  cents  per  100.  One  set  of  directions  and  score  sheet  is 
supplied  with  each  25  tests. 

A Preliminary  Test  in  Chemistry.  By  H.  A.  Webb.  Published:  1919. 
Purpose:  to  measure  what  pupils  already  know  as  a basis  for  the 


24 


Indiana  University 


study  of  chemistry.  Range:  beginning  of  first-year  chemistry. 
Time  to  give:  30  minutes.  Time  to  score:  depends  on  scorer;  one 
should  be  able  to  score  about  1 paper  a minute.  Standardized:  no. 

The  test  is  composed  of  questions  on  elements,  mixtures,  and  com- 
pounds. A list  of  50  well-known  substances  are  given  consisting  of  9 
elements,  32  mixtures,  and  9 compounds.  The  pupils  are  asked  to 
define  each  class  of  matter  and  arrange  the  50  words  under  proper 
headings.  The  test  has  never  been  published  for  general  use. 


COMPOSITION 

A Scale  for  Measuring  the  General  Merit  of  English  Composition  in 
the  Sixth  Grade.  By  F.  S.  Breed  and  F.  W.  Frostic.  Published: 
1917.  Purpose:  to  measure  general  merit  of  English  composition. 
Range:  grade  6.  Time  to  give:  20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  no 
information.  Standardized:  no  information  as  to  time  of  year 
for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  9 sample  compositions  arranged  in  order 
of  value.  The  values  range  from  .2  to  9.7.  The  teacher  reads  the 
first  part  of  a story  called  “The  Picnic”.  When  the  story  breaks  off, 
the  pupils  are  to  finish  it.  Composition  is  graded  by  comparing  it 
with  the  samples  on  the  scale.  The  value  of  the  composition  graded  is 
the  value  of  the  sample  in  the  scale  that  resembles  it  most.  One  scale 
is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner.  An  18-page  pamphlet  describ- 
ing the  scale  and  its  derivation  is  available. 

Publishers:  F.  S.  Breed,  University  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  10  cents  per  copy,  including  an  18-page  pamphlet  describing 
the  scale. 

Briggs’  English  Form  Test.  By  Thomas  H.  Briggs.  Published:  1921. 
Purpose:  to  measure  the  pupil’s  knowledge  of  the  common  elements 
of  English  composition.  Range:  grades  7 to  9.  Time  to  give:  not 
“time  limit”  tests.  Time  to  score : short.  Standardized : no  informa- 
tion as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  test  is  composed  of  2 parallel  forms,  Alpha  and  Beta.  They 
are  of  equal  difficulty  and  alike  in  plan  and  arrangement  but  are  made 
up  of  different  sentences.  Each  test  consists  of  20  sentences  to  be 
punctuated;  all  necessary  capital  letters  and  punctuation  marks  are 
to  be  inserted  so  that  the  sentence  will  be  correct.  One  copy  of  the 
test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  giving, 
correcting,  and  scoring  are  given  in  a reprint  from  Teachers  College 
Record,  January,  1921. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  90  cents  per  100  copies  Alpha  or  Beta.  Instructions  for 
giving,  correcting,  and  scoring,  15  cents.  Reprint  from  Teachers  College 
Record,  January,  1921. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Composition 


25 


Courtis  Standard  Research  Test  in  Composition.  See  Greene’s  Organiza- 
tion Tests  below. 

Greene’s  Organization  Test:  Series  C,  Form  A.  Same  as  Courtis 
Standard  Research  Test  in  Composition.  By  Harry  A.  Greene. 
Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  pupil’s  ability  to  organize 
groups  of  words  into  complete  sentences.  Range:  grades  3 to  12. 
Time  to  give:  5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  V2  hour.  Standardized: 
no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  were  made. 
The  test  is  composed  of  groups  of  words  to  be  arranged  into 
sentences.  Ten  sentences  have  been  broken  up  into  3 or  more  groups 
of  words  and  disarranged  so  that  they  do  not  make  sense.  The  groups 
are  numbered  1,  2,  3,  4,  etc.  In  order  to  save  time  the  sentences  are 
not  rewritten  but  instead  the  numbers  are  to  be  written  in  a rectangle 
at  the  right  of  the  sentence  in  the  order  in  which  they  should  appear. 
The  sentences  are  weighted  and  values  assigned  to  each  according  to 
its  difficulty.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Answer 
key,  score  sheet,  and  norms  are  on  back  of  each  test  sheet. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  70  cents  per  envelope  containing  test  material,  directions, 
and  record  sheets  for  40  pupils. 

Harvard-Newton  Composition  Scales.  By  Frank  W.  Ballou.  Published: 
September,  1914.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  ability  of  pupils  in  4 
types  of  written  composition.  Range:  grades  7 to  9.  Time  to 
give:  a single  composition  can  be  judged  by  use  of  the  scale  in  a 
few  minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  any  time  of 
the  year. 

There  are  4 separate  composition  scales : narration,  description, 
exposition,  and  argumentation.  Each  scale  is  composed  of  6 specimen 
compositions  ranging  in  values  from  40  to  95.  ‘‘For  each  specimen 
there  is  given  a statement  of  the  most  significant  merits  and  defects.” 
The  merits  and  defects  of  a pupil’s  composition  are  noted,  and  a com- 
parison is  made  with  the  compositions  in  the  scale  that  are  above  and 
below  it.  The  value  of  the  sample  in  the  scale  nearest  in  merit  to 
the  composition  being  graded  is  the  value  assigned  to  it.  One  scale 
of  each  type  of  composition  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 

Publishers:  Harvard  University  Press,  Cambridge,  Mass.  Bureau  of 
Educational  Measurements  and  Standards,  Kansas  State  Normal  School, 
Emporia,  Kan. 

Price:  complete  scale,  50  cents  per  copy. 

Supplement  I (Narration),  12  cents  per  copy. 

Supplement  II  (Description),  12  cents  per  copy. 

Supplement  III  (Exposition,  12  cents  per  copy. 

Supplement  IV  (Argumentation),  12  cents  per  copy. 

The  Hillegas  Scale  for  Measurement  of  English  Composition  by  Young 
People.  By  Milo  B.  Hillegas.  Published:  Teachers  College  Record, 
1912.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  ability  of  young  people  in  English 
Composition.  Range : elementary  school  and  high  school.  Time 


26 


Indiana  University 


to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  scale:  no  information.  Stand- 
ardized: no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards 
are  made. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  10  sample  compositions  ranging  in  value 
from  0 to  937.  Papers  are  scored  by  comparison  with  the  standard 
scale.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  3 cents  per  copy. 

Hudelson’s  English  Composition  Scale.  By  Earl  Hudelson.  Published: 
1921.  Purpose:  to  serve  as  an  objective  measure  for  grading  English 
compositions.  Range:  grades  4 to  12.  Time  for  giving:  20  minutes. 
Time  for  scoring:  depends  upon  length  of  theme.  Standardized: 
both  June  and  January  scores. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  16  specimens  ranging  in  value  from  2.00 
to  9.50.  The  values  were  given  by  96  competent  judges.  Compositions 
are  to  be  measured  by  comparing  them  with  the  specimen  in  the  scale 
and  the  value  given  is  the  value  of  the  specimen  nearest  the  merit  of 
the  sample  measured.  Directions  for  grading,  scoring,  and  recording 
scores  together  with  norms  are  furnished.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each 
teacher  or  examiner. 

Publisher:  The  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y.,  or  Bureau 
of  Educational  Measurements  and  Standards,  Emporia,  Kan. 

Price:  56  cents  for  booklet  containing  scale  and  directions. 

Hudelson’s  Maximal  Composition  Ability  Scale.  By  Earl  Hudelson. 
Published:  1923.  Purpose:  designed  primarily  “to  classify  pupils 
fairly  in  composition”.  Range:  grade  1 thru  university.  Time 
to  give:  20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  depends  on  length  of  theme. 
Standardized : no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards 
are  made. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  18  themes  written  on  the  subject  “How 
I Learned  a Lesson”.  The  specimens  are  arranged  in  order  of  value, 
ranging  from  0.0  to  9.0.  This  scale  “should  be  used  at  the  beginning 
of  the  term  for  grouping  pupils  advantageously”.  One  scale  is  needed 
for  each  examiner  or  teacher. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  no  information. 

Hudelson’s  Typical  Composition  Ability  Scale.  By  Earl  Hudelson.  Pub- 
lished: 1923.  Purpose:  designed  primarily  to  grade  pupils  justly 
within  their  own  group.  Range:  grade  1 thru  university.  Time 
to  give:  20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  depends  on  length  of  theme. 
Standardized:  January  scores. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  18  themes  written  on  the  subject  “A 
Snowball  Fight  on  Slatter’s  Hill”.  The  specimens  are  arranged  in 
order  of  value,  ranging  from  0.0  to  9.0.  This  scale  “should  be  used, 
say,  at  the  close  of  school  when  the  teacher  needs  to  grade  a pupil 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Composition 


27 


reliably  upon  his  effort”.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or 
examiner. 

Publishers:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  published  as  Part  I of  the  Twenty-second  Year-Book  of 
the  National  Society  for  the  Study  of  Education. 

Lewis’  Scale  for  Measuring  Special  Types  of  English  Composition.  Pub- 
lished: 1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  letter  writing  as  well 
as  narrative  composition.  Range:  grades  4 to  12.  Time  to  give: 
20  to  30  minutes.  Time  to  score:  varies;  usually  takes  from  2 to  3 
minutes.  In  process  of  standardization. 

The  scale  is  published  in  a small  book  which  contains  a discussion 
of  the  values  and  limitations  of  well  known  compositions  and  includes 
5 new  scales.  Each  of  the  new  scales  that  has  been  added  was  derived 
for  the  purpose  of  measuring  a particular  form  of  written  English. 
“Two  are  business  letters,  one  composed  of  order  letters,  and  the  other 
of  letters  of  application;  two  are  for  the  measurement  of  friendly  letters 
of  two  different  types;  the  fifth  scale  is  composed  of  narrative  composi- 
tions.” The  scale  is  not  published  separately  from  the  book. 

Publisher:  The  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  $1.36,  postpaid. 

Minnesota  English  Composition  Scale.  By  M.  E.  Haggerty,  University 
of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn.  Out  of  print;  no  information 
obtainable. 

Diagnostic  Test  in  English  Composition.  By  S.  L.  Pressey.  Published: 
revised  in  1923.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range:  grades  7 to  12  and 
college.  Time  to  give:  6 to  15  minutes.  Time  to  score:  1 minute, 
each  test.  Standardized:  final  standards  to  be  for  September  and 
May. 

The  test  is  composed  of  3 parts  as  follows:  vocabulary,  grammar, 
and  punctuation.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Psychology  Department,  Indiana  University,  Bloomington, 

Ind. 

Price:  35  cents  per  100,  including  directions  for  giving  and  scoring. 

Diagnostic  Tests  in  English  Composition:  (a)  Capitalization.  By  S.  L. 
Pressey  and  Mrs.  E.  V.  Bowers.  Published:  1923.  Purpose:  di- 
agnostic. Range:  grades  7 to  12  and  college.  Time  to  give:  5 
minutes.  Time  to  score:  1 minute.  Standardized:  tentative  stand- 
ards; January  scores. 

The  test  consists  of  28  sentences  “correct  in  every  way  except  that 
they  lack  all  capitalization — aside  from  the  capitals  at  the  beginning  of 
each  sentence”.  The  pupils  are  to  draw  a line  under  each  letter  that 
should  be  a capital.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  6 cents,  including  directions  for  giving  and  scoring. 


28 


Indiana  University 


Diagnostic  Tests  in  English  Composition:  (6)  Punctuation.  By  S.  L. 
Pressey  and  Helen  Ruhlen.  Published:  1923.  Purpose:  diagnostic. 
Range:  grades  7 to  12  and  college.  Time  to  give:  10  minutes. 
Time  to  score:  1 minute.  Standardized:  tentative  standards;  Jan- 
uary scores. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  30  sentences  to  be  punctuated.  The  pupils 
are  to  supply  all  punctuation  marks  that  are  not  given,  and  to  make 
any  corrections  that  should  be  made.  One  test  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  6 cents  each,  including  directions  for  giving  and  score  key. 

Diagnostic  Tests  in  English  Composition:  (c)  Inflected  Forms.  By  F. 
R.  Conkling  and  S.  L.  Pressey.  Published:  1923.  Purpose:  diag- 
nostic. Range:  no  information  given.  Time  to  give:  no  informa- 
tion given.  Time  to  score:  no  information  given.  Standardized: 
no  information  in  regard  to  standardization. 

The  test  is  composed  of  30  exercises.  Each  exercise  is  made  up 
of  4 sentences,  one  of  which  is  incorrect.  The  pupils  are  to  put  a 
cross  before  the  incorrect  sentences.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil 
to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Department  of  Psychology,  Ohio  State  University,  Co- 
lumbus, Ohio. 

Price:  no  information  given. 

A Scale  for  the  Measurement  of  English  Composition.  Providence  (R.I.) 
Public  Schools.  Published:  1917.  Range:  grades  5,  6,  7,  and  8. 
Standardized:  mid-year  standards.  This  test  is  not  for  general 
distribution. 

Publisher:  Department  of  Public  Schools,  9 Exchange  Terrace, 
Providence,  R.I. 

Rice’s  Composition  Scale.  By  J.  M.  Rice.  Published:  1903.  Purpose: 
diagnostic.  Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  no  informa- 
tion. Time  to  score:  no  information.  Temporary  standards  were 
made. 

The  scale  was  constructed  from  8,300  themes  written  by  pupils 
in  various  schools.  “The  themes  were  graded  by  placing  them  in  five 
piles,  known  as  Excellent,  Good,  Fair,  Poor,  and  Failure.  From  this 
distribution,  class  averages  were  computed  and  samples  of  the  repro- 
duced story  selected  as  guides  to  further  scoring.”  The  scale  was  not 
published  for  distribution. 

Measurement  of  Eighth-Grade  Composition.  By  William  E.  Stark, 
Superintendent  of  Schools,  Hackensack,  N.J.  Published:  1915.  Pur- 
pose: “to  obtain  a general  estimate  of  the  ability  in  composition 
of  the  pupils  in  the  eighth  grade  of  a public  school  system;  and, 
secondly,  to  compare  the  quality  of  eighth-grade  compositions  written 
under  the  same  conditions  at  an  interval  of  three  years”.  Range: 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Composition 


29 


eighth  grade.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no 
information.  Standardization:  no  information. 

The  scale  was  arranged  from  compositions  written  in  1911  and 
in  1914.  It  was  never  perfected  and  put  on  the  market  as  a measuring 
scale. 

Publisher:  no  information. 

Price : no  information. 

The  Thorndike  Extension  of  the  Hillegas  Scale.  By  E.  L.  Thorndike. 
Published:  1915.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  general  merit  of  composi- 
tions. Range:  all  grades.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to 
score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information  as  to  time 
of  year  for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  29  compositions  arranged  in  14  values. 
Seven  of  the  compositions  are  taken  from  the  original  Hillegas  Scale. 
The  scale  furnishes  a variety  of  types  of  themes.  Compositions  are 
graded  by  comparing  them  with  the  specimen  in  the  scale.  The  pupil’s 
grade  is  the  value  of  the  specimen  in  the  scale  nearest  in  merit  to  the 
composition  measured.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 
Directions  for  using  as  well  as  standards  are  printed  on  the  scale. 

Publishers:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
University,  New  York  City. 

Price:  12  cents. 

Thorndike’s  Preliminary  Extension  of  the  Hillegas  Scale  for  the  Measure- 
ment of  Quality  in  English  Composition  by  Young  People.  By 
E.  L.  Thorndike.  Published:  no  information.  Purpose:  to  measure 
general  merit  in  composition.  Range:  no  information.  Time  to 
give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  No  informa- 
tion as  to  standardization. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  15  compositions  arranged  in  order  of 
value.  The  values  range  from  0 to  95.  The  pupils’  compositions  are 
measured  by  comparing  them  with  the  specimens  in  the  scale. 

Publishers:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
University,  New  York  City. 

Price : no  information. 

Thorndike’s  English  Composition.  Published:  1916. 

“This  is  not  a test.  It  is  a monograph  containing  150  compositions 
whose  general  merit  has  been  determined  by  a concensus  of  from  23 
to  over  100  judges.  The  series  is  useful  for  practice  in  judging  English 
compositions.”  These  specimens  are  arranged  for  use  in  psychological 
and  educational  experiments. 

Publishers:  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  New  York  City. 

A Scale  for  English  Composition.  By  Charles  F.  Towne.  Published: 
1918.  Purpose:  objective  standard  for  grading  composition.  Range: 
grades  4 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to 
score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information. 

There  are  5 separate  scales.  Each  scale  contains  5 samples  suited 
to  the  particular  grade  for  which  the  scale  was  constructed.  The  samples 


30 


Indiana  University 


were  arranged  by  the  city  teachers  of  Providence,  R.I.  The  scales  were 
constructed  for  use  in  the  Providence  schools. 

Publisher:  Charles  F.  Towne,  Boston,  Mass. 

Price:  no  information. 

Nassau  County  Supplement  to  the  Hillegas  Scale.  By  M.  R.  Trabue. 
Published:  1916.  Purpose:  to  measure  objectively  general  merit 
in  English  composition.  Range:  grades  4 to  12.  Standardized: 
no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  were  made. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  10  specimens  ranging  in  value  from  0 to 
9.0.  “Each  of  the  compositions  tends  to  be  of  the  same  general  narrative 
type.”  The  composition  to  be  graded  is  compared  with  the  specimen 
in  the  scale  and  the  value  assigned  to  it  that  is  given  to  the  specimen 
nearest  it  in  merit.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  10  cents  per  copy.  Discounts  on  quantity  orders. 

Willing  Scale  for  Measuring  Written  Composition.  By  W.  H.  Willing. 
Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  “story  value”  and  “form 
value”.  Range:  grades  4 to  9.  Time  to  give:  25  minutes  for 
writing  and  correcting  paper.  Time  to  score:  5 minutes.  Stand- 
ardized: end-of-year  standards. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  8 compositions  ranging  in  value  from  20 
to  90.  In  rating  the  compositions  two  qualities  were  recognized,  “story 
value”  and  “form  value”.  The  “story  value”  means  the  completeness 
with  which  the  story  is  told.  “Form  value”  is  determined  by  the  number 
of  mistakes  in  spelling,  etc.,  per  100  words.  The  pupil’s  grade  is  the 
value  of  the  specimen  in  the  scale  nearest  in  merit  the  composition 
measured.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  examiner  or  teacher.  Directions 
for  using  as  well  as  tentative  standards  are  printed  on  the  scale. 
Publishers:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  9 cents  per  copy;  3 or  more  copies,  6 cents  each. 

Topeka  1914  Scale  for  Judging  Merit  in  Composition.  By  Miss  C.  S. 
Wolfe.  Not  for  general  distribution  and  not  a test.  Published: 
1914.  Purpose:  to  determine  merit  in  composition.  Range:  ele- 
mentary and  secondary  schools.  Standardized:  no  information  as 
to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  20  specimens  ranging  in  value  from  1 to 
20.  Papers  are  graded  by  comparing  them  with  the  scale.  If  a pupil’s 
composition  work  falls  below  Specimen  8,  he  is  declared  unprepared  for 
promotion  to  the  freshman  class  in  high  school.  One  scale  is  needed 
by  each  teacher  or  examiner.  Directions  for  use  are  printed  in  the 
booklet  containing  the  scale. 

Publisher:  A.  J.  Stout,  Superintendent  of  Schools,  Topeka,  Kan. 
Price:  40  cents  for  pamphlet  containing  1914  and  1920  scales. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Drawing 


31 


The  Topeka  1920  Scale  for  Judging  Technical  Achievement.  By  Miss 
C.  S.  Wolfe.  Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  technical  ability 
in  composition.  Range:  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Time 
to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Stand- 
ardized: no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  are 
made. 

The  scale  was  developed  for  the  purpose  of  setting  standards  of 
work  to  be  accomplished  in  each  grade.  Sample  specimens  of  pupils’ 
work  are  used  to  illustrate  the  use  of  the  scale.  A convenient  scale, 
containing  a summary  of  the  requirements  for  each  term,  has  been 
made  which  may  be  posted  in  the  schoolroom  as  a means  of  familiarizing 
the  teacher  and  pupils  with  the  work  for  which  each  grade  is  responsible. 
One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner.  Directions  for  use 
are  printed  in  the  booklet  containing  the  scale. 

Publisher:  A.  J.  Stout,  Superintendent  of  Schools,  Topeka,  Kan. 
Price:  40  cents  each.  The  pamphlet  contains  1914  scales. 


DRAWING 

Manuel’s  Drawing  Scale.  By  H.  V.  Manuel,  Director  of  Educational 
Research,  Colorado  State  Normal,  Gunnison,  Colo.  This  test  has 
never  been  prepared  for  general  distribution. 

Grading  Chart  for  Mechanical  Drawing.  By  P.  M.  Spink.  Published: 
1921.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  mechanical  drawing.  Range: 
elementary  and  high  school.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time 
to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information. 

The  chart  is  made  up  of  6 plates,  with  values  ranging  from  45  to 
95.  “The  idea  of  this  chart  is  to  give  samples  of  Lettering,  Numerals, 
Lines,  Corners,  Irregular  Curves,  Circles,  Tangents,  Arrows,  etc.,  which 
show  a difference  of  about  ten  points,  but  in  no  way  to  suggest  a lesson 
plate.”  The  standards  for  the  high  school  are  given  at  the  top  of 
the  chart,  and  those  for  the  elementary  school  are  given  at  the  bottom. 
“In  grading  a plate  each  part  must  be  taken  separately,  sliding  it 
along  until  work  of  the  same  or  nearly  the  same  quality  is  matched, 
the  average  of  these  different  grades  is  the  final  grade.”  One  chart 
is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  class. 

Publisher:  P.  M.  Spink,  Faribault,  Minn. 

Price:  single  copies  postpaid,  75  cents.  Three  copies,  $2.  One-half 
dozen,  $3.50.  In  lots  of  one  dozen  or  more,  $6  per  dozen. 

Thorndike’s  Scale  for  the  Merit  of  Drawings  by  Pupils  8 to  15  Years 
of  Age.  By  E.  L.  Thorndike.  Published:  Teachers  College  Record, 
1913.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  drawing.  Range:  8 to  15 
years  of  age.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no 
information.  Standardized. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  14  specimens,  each  weighted  and  given 
a value.  The  values,  determined  by  over  400  competent  judges,  range 


32 


Indiana  University 


from  0 to  17.0.  The  pupil’s  drawings  are  measured  by  comparing  them 
with  the  samples  in  the  scale.  The  value  given  the  drawing  to  be 
graded  is  the  value  of  the  specimen  in  the  scale  most  nearly  matching 
the  sample.  Pupils  may  grade  their  own  drawings.  At  least  one 
scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  class. 

Publishers:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
University,  New  York  City. 

Price:  new  edition  in  preparation. 

Whitford  Art  Test.  By  W.  G.  Whitford.  Published:  no  information. 
Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  appreciate  art  and  “to  draw 
or  describe  things  graphically”.  Time  to  give:  less  than  15  minutes 
for  Test  1;  30  minutes  for  Test  2.  Time  to  score:  short.  Stand- 
ardized: no  information. 

The  test  consists  of  2 parts,  as  follows:  Test  No.  1,  art  apprecia- 
tion; Test  No.  2,  drawing  test.  Test  No.  1 deals  with  ability  to  ap- 
preciate art  quality  wherever  found  (in  chair,  rug,  dress,  painting,  etc.). 
It  contains  14  definite  problem-solving  reactions.  For  example,  re- 
finement of  curves,  refinement  in  line  and  form,  color,  sense,  etc.  Test 
No.  2 is  similar  to  the  usual  examination  in  elementary  freehand  drawing. 
Publishers:  Prang  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  no  information. 


FRENCH 

Silent  Reading  Test  B : French.  By  C.  H.  Handschin.  Copyrighted : 
1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  to  read  connected  discourse  in 
French.  Range : first  and  second  years  of  high  school  French.  Time 
to  give:  less  than  10  minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized: 
no  information  as  to  time  standards  were  made. 

The  test  is  composed  of  2 paragraphs  of  connected  French  with  a 
total  of  192  words.  The  pupil  is  given  one  minute  in  which  to  read 
the  selection.  At  the  end  of  the  time  he  is  asked  to  turn  his  paper 
over  and  answer  in  French  or  English  10  questions  on  the  selection. 
One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  giving 
are  printed  on  the  tests.  Standards  and  record  sheets  are  available. 
Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price : material  for  50  people,  including  directions,  key,  record  sheets, 
etc.,  $1. 

Handschin’s  Silent  Reading  Test  A:  French.  By  C.  H.  Handschin. 
Copyrighted:  1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  of  pupils  in  ele- 
mentary French.  Range:  first  and  second  years  of  high  school 
or  university.  Time  to  give:  5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  1 minute 
or  less.  Standardized:  end  of  first  and  second  semesters. 

The  test  is  composed  of  12  exercises.  Each  contains  a statement 
followed  by  a question.  The  pupil’s  answer  is  to  be  given  in  French. 
The  sentences  are  arranged  in  order  of  difficulty.  One  test  is  needed  for 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  French 


each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Instructions  for  giving,  a key  for  scoring  as 
well  as  norms,  are  available. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price : material  for  50  people,  including  directions,  key,  record  sheets, 
and  norms,  $1. 

Comprehension  and  Grammar  Test  A:  French.  By  C.  H.  Handschin. 
Copyrighted:  1919.  Purpose:  diagnostic  of  difficulties  in  French 
grammar.  Range:  first-year  classes  in  high  school  French.  Time 
to  give:  10  minutes.  Time  to  score:  1 minute.  Standardized:  no 
information  as  to  time  of  year  standards  were  made. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  6 easy  French  sentences.  Each  sentence  has 
a blank  to  be  filled  by  the  pupil.  Five  minutes  are  given  in  which  to 
study  the  sentences  and  fill  the  blanks,  then  the  pupil  is  to  turn  the 
paper  over  and  reproduce  the  sentences  in  French  as  he  remembers 
them.  After  the  pupil  has  reproduced  the  sentences,  he  is  to  rewrite 
them  on  the  same  sheet,  changing  person,  number,  and  time.  Time  for 
writing  both  versions  is  10  minutes.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil 
to  be  tested.  Instructions,  a key  for  scoring,  and  record  sheets  are 
available. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  material  for  50  people,  including  directions,  key,  and  record 
sheets,  $1. 

Henmon’s  French  Tests.  By  V.  A.  C.  Henmon.  Published:  1921.  Pur- 
pose: to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  reproduce  sentences,  including 
vocabulary  and  grammatical  principles  studied.  Range:  after  at 
least  one  year  of  French  has  been  studied.  Time  to  give:  8 minutes 
for  vocabulary  and  12  minutes  for  sentence.  Time  to  score:  4 to 
5 minutes.  Standardized:  June  standards. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  2 parts:  (1)  The  French  Vocabulary 
Tests  A and  B,  (2)  French  Sentence  Tests  I and  II.  In  the  vocabulary 
tests  a space  is  left  at  the  right  of  each  word  for  its  English  meaning. 
Each  word  is  weighted,  and  its  value  written  at  the  left  of  the  word. 
The  sentence  tests  are  composed  of  12  sentences  each.  Space  is  left 
after  each  for  the  pupil  to  write  its  English  equivalent.  The  sentences 
are  weighted  and  the  value  written  at  the  left  of  each.  Standard 
scores  for  3 years  of  work  as  well  as  instructions  are  available.  One 
test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  each  test  per  package  containing  25  tests,  including  instruc- 
tions for  giving  and  scoring  (with  standard  scores)  and  one  record 
sheet,  50  cents  net. 

Starch’s  French  Reading  and  Vocabulary  Tests.  By  Daniel  Starch. 
Published:  1916.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  French.  Range: 
four  years.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no 
information.  Tentative  standards. 

The  reading  test  is  composed  of  30  sentences  arranged  in  order 
of  increasing  difficulty.  The  sentences  were  selected  by  taking  sentences 


3—26069 


34 


Indiana  University 


at  regular  intervals  from  the  class  texts  and  reading  material.  The 
vocabulary  test  is  composed  of  2 sets  of  100  words  each,  selected  from 
Spirs  and  Sarenner’s  large  French  dictionary.  The  words  were  selected 
by  using  words  that  occur  at  regular  intervals  thru  the  entire  vocabulary. 
The  pupils  were  to  write  the  English  derivative.  The  test  is  out  of 
print. 


GEOGRAPHY 

Boston  Research  Tests  in  Geography.  By  Harriett  M.  Barthelmess.  Pub- 
lished: 1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  geography.  Range: 
grades  4 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  No  information  as  to  standardization. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  10  exercises.  The  test  was  given  as  an 
examination  in  Boston  in  1919.  It  is  not  different  from  other  ordinary 
examinations.  The  Department  of  Investigation  and  Measurement  is 
able  to  give  the  per  cent  of  pupils  in  the  eighth  grade  of  the  Boston 
public  schools  that  passed  on  each  question. 

Publisher:  Department  of  Education,  Investigation  and  Measure- 
ment, Public  Schools,  Boston,  Mass. 

Buckingham-Stevenson  Information  Test  in  United  States  Geography. 
By  B.  R.  Buckingham.  Published:  April  1,  1923.  Purpose:  in- 
formation-problems. Range:  grades  6 to  9.  Time  to  give:  14 
minutes  of  actual  working  time.  Time  to  score:  short.  Stand- 
ardized : end-of-year  scores. 

There  are  2 tests,  as  follows:  Part  I,  Information  Test;  Part  II, 
Problems.  Part  I is  made  up  of  50  questions.  Each  question  is  fol- 
lowed by  4 answers,  one  of  which  is  correct.  The  pupils  are  to  select 
the  answer  they  believe  to  be  correct.  Part  II  is  made  up  of  25  problems 
or  questions.  Each  question  is  followed  by  4 answers  or  statements, 
one  of  which  is  correct.  The  pupils  are  to  select  the  statement  they 
believe  to  be  correct.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  $2.50  per  100  copies.  Sample  set,  10  cents. 

Buckingham-Stevenson  Place  Geography  Tests.  By  B.  R.  Buckingham 
and  P.  R.  Stevenson.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s 
ability  to  locate  places.  Range:  grades  4 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to 
give:  not  “time  limit”  tests.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized: 
November  scores. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  2 parts  of  3 forms  each,  as  follows: 
The  World,  and  the  United  States.  “This  series  of  tests  is  composed 
of  three  forms  of  approximately  the  same  difficulty.  Only  one  form 
should  be  administered  at  one  time.  When  giving  test,  use  the  items 
in  the  first  column  for  Form  1,  those  in  the  second  column  for  Form 
2,  and  those  in  the  third  column  for  Form  3.”  The  World  Test  consists 
of  3 forms  of  80  questions  each.  The  examiner  reads  the  question 
and  its  number.  The  pupil  writes  the  number  and  the  answer.  Each 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Geography 


;>t> 


question  can  be  answered  by  one  word  or  name.  The  United  States 
Test  is  similar  to  the  World  Test  in  construction  and  arrangement. 
One  series  of  tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  5 cents  per  copy,  $4  per  100;  class  record  sheets,  1 cent  each. 

Courtis  Supervisory  Test  in  Geography:  Test  A,  Form  A.  By  S.  A. 
Courtis.  Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  in 
location  tests.  Range : Test  A,  grades  5B  to  6A ; Test  B,  grades  4A 
to  7A.  Time  to  give:  states,  4 minutes;  cities,  2 minutes;  oceans 
and  continents,  1 minute.  Time  to  score:  30  minutes.  Standard- 
ized: beginning  and  end  of  each  semester. 

There  are  2 location  tests.  The  first  part  of  the  test  consists  in 
locating  the  48  states.  The  test  contains  an  outline  map  of  all  the  states 
of  the  United  States  with  a key  number  in  each  state.  The  names 
of  the  states  are  written  in  column  form  with  a blank  beside  each  in 
which  to  write  the  key  number  of  the  state.  The  second  part  consists 
in  locating  cities  and  is  similar  to  Part  1 in  arrangement.  One  test 
is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  giving,  score  cards, 
record  cards,  and  standards  are  available. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  Complete  sets  (2  forms),  $1.50  per  package,  containing  test 
material  for  40.  Renewals  (2  forms),  $1  for  package  containing  test 
material  for  40. 

Cram  Geography  Test.  Fred  D.  Cram. 

Publisher:  Extension  Division,  Iowa  State  Teachers  College,  Cedar 
Falls,  Iowa. 

Price:  no  longer  available  for  general  distribution. 

Standard  Tests  in  Geography.  By  Detroit  Public  Schools.  Published: 
1918.  Purpose:  location  test.  ^Range:  grades  4 to  7.  Time  to  give: 
3 to  4 minutes.  Time  to  score:  5 minutes.  Standardized:  Septem- 
ber, January,  February,  and  June  scores. 

There  are  4 location  tests,  as  follows:  (1)  Form  E,  Location  of 
continents  and  oceans;  (2)  Form  H,  States  and  cities  of  the  United 
States;  (3)  Form  K,  Important  countries  and  cities  of  the  world  exclusive 
of  the  United  States;  (4)  Form  B,  Important  countries  and  cities  of 
Europe.  Each  test  consists  of  an  outline  map  of  the  country  or  coun- 
tries to  be  studied.  The  divisions  are  numbered.  The  names  of  the 
countries  or  cities  are  written  in  column  form  just  below  the  map.  The 
pupils  are  to  write  the  number  of  the  country  or  city  before  its  name. 
One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Detroit  Public  Schools,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Price:  no  information. 

Standard  Tests  in  Geography.  By  Detroit  Public  Schools.  Published: 
1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  locate  places  of  im- 
portance. Range : grades  4B  to  9 A inclusive.  Time  to  give : 1 to  4 


86 


Indiana  University 


minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Detroit  standards:  February  and 
May  scores. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  3 forms,  as  follows:  Form  B,  Countries 
of  Europe;  Form  H,  States  and  cities  of  the  United  States;  Form  K, 
Countries  and  cities  of  the  world.  Form  H contains  an  outline  map  of 
the  United  States  with  a number  written  in  each  state.  Just  under  the 
map  the  names  of  the  states  are  written.  The  pupils  are  to  locate  a 
state  by  writing  its  number  after  its  name.  The  other  tests  are  similar 
to  Form  H in  arrangement.  The  tests  are  primarily  for  local  use;  they 
may  be  used,  however,  by  any  system  that  desires  to  compare  their  own 
standards  with  those  of  Detroit.  One  test  of  each  used  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Educational  Research,  Detroit  Public  Schools, 
Detroit,  Mich. 

Price:  no  information. 

Gregory  and  Spencer’s  Geography  Test.  By  C.  A.  Gregory  and  Peter  L. 
Spencer.  Published:  March,  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s 
comprehension  of  the  subject  of  geography.  Range:  grades  6 to  9. 
Time  to  give:  45  minutes.  Time  to  score:  2 minutes.  Standardized: 
May  standards. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  3 forms:  A,  B,  and  C.  Form  A is  described 
here.  It  is  composed  of  8 parts,  as  follows:  (1)  Trade  routes  and  their 
products;  (2)  Miscellaneous  geography;  (3)  Causal  geography  (United 
States)  ; (4)  Causal  geography  (world)  ; (5)  and  (6)  Place  and  direc- 
tions; (7)  and  (8)  Political,  land,  and  place  geography.  A cross  is  to 
be  made  by  the  pupil  before  the  correct  answers  to  the  questions.  One 
test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions,  a key  and  score 
sheets  are  available. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Educational  Research,  University  of  Oregon, 
Eugene,  Ore. 

Price:  $4  per  100,  including  key,  directions,  and  record  sheets  and 
cards. 

Hahn-Lackey  Geography  Scale.  By  H.  H.  Hahn  and  E.  E.  Lackey. 
Published:  1918,  revised,  1922.  Purpose:  diagnostic  and  achieve- 
ment test.  Range:  grades  4 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  depends 
on  the  number  of  exercises  used  for  a test.  Each  teacher  makes 
her  own  test  from  the  scale.  Time  to  score:  about  the  same  time 
required  as  for  an  ordinary  school  test. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  224  exercises  arranged  in  23  columns  as 
steps.  The  exercises  in  each  step  are  of  approximately  equal  difficulty. 
At  the  top  of  each  step,  the  standard  for  each  grade  is  written.  The 
scale  is  so  arranged  that  from  15  to  29  tests  can  be  given  each  grade 
without  the  repetition  of  exercises.  Directions  for  using  the  scale  are 
printed  on  it.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 
Publisher:  H.  H.  Hahn,  State  Normal  School,  Wayne,  Neb. 

Price:  for  orders  in  lots  up  to  100,  16  cents  each,  including  score  key. 
For  lots  over  100,  12  cents  each.  Single  copies  of  score  key,  5 cents  each. 
Scale  only  in  lots  of  100  or  more,  8 cents  each,  plus  postage. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Geography 


37 


Iowa  State  Teachers’  College  Geography  Test,  Parts  I and.  II.  Pub- 
lished: mimeographed  for  local  use,  1921.  Range:  suitable  for 
grades  4 and  5.  Time  to  give:  not  standardized.  Time  to  score: 
2 to  5 minutes. 

Publishers:  Iowa  State  Teachers’  College,  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa.  Not 
available  for  general  distribution. 

Boston  Research  True-False  Test  in  Geography.  By  Arthur  W.  Kallom. 
Published : 1922.  Purpose : to  measure  ability  in  geography.  Range : 
grade  8.  Time  to  give:  20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  no  information. 
Not  standardized. 

The  test  is  composed  of  40  sentences.  “Some  of  them  are  true  and 
some  are  false.  If  the  sentence  is  true,  underline  the  word  ‘true’.  If 
the  sentence  is  false,  underline  the  word  ‘false’.”  The  tests  are  not  pub- 
lished for  sale. 

Los  Angeles  Geography  Test,  A6  and  A8.  By  Division  of  Educational 
Research,  Public  Schools,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.  Published:  1918.  Pur- 
pose : to  measure  ability  in  geography.  Range : grades  A6  and  A8 
(second  semester).  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Standardized:  local  standards,  end-of-the-second- 
semester  standards. 

There  are  separate  tests  for  each  grade.  Each  test  is  divided  into  3 
parts,  as  follows:  (1)  Location,  (2)  Physical  features  and  industries, 
(3)  Problems.  A8  differs  from  A6  only  in  degree  of  complexity.  The 
tests  are  not  published  for  general  distribution. 

Publishers:  Division  of  Educational  Research,  Public  Schools,  Los 
Angeles,  Calif. 

Price:  not  published  for  general  distribution. 

Map  Test  of  Canada.  By  G.  W.  McGill.  Published:  June,  1922.  Range: 
grades  6 to  8 inclusive.  Time  required  to  give:  30  minutes.  Time 
to  score:  no  information.  Standardized  tentatively:  June  scores. 

The  test  is  composed  of  an  outline  map  of  Canada  with  questions  on 
the  important  straits,  gulfs,  bays,  lakes,  islands,  rivers,  political  divisions, 
and  miscellaneous  information.  Abbreviations  are  used  to  indicate  the 
different  parts  of  the  map  as,  P for  province,  L for  lake,  etc.  Each 
division  of  the  map  is  numbered.  In  answering  the  questions  the  pupils 
are  to  write  after  the  abbreviation  the  number  of  the  province,  lake,  etc. 
One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  University  of  Toronto  Press,  Toronto,  Canada. 

Price:  one  complete  copy  with  directions  and  score  key,  6 cents. 

New  York  Standard  Geography  Tests:  Series  A.  By  Eugene  A.  Nifen- 
ecker.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  geography. 
Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  12  to  15  minutes  for  each 
test.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  no  information. 

There  are  8 separate  tests,  as  follows:  (1)  Physical,  (2)  Drainage, 
(3)  Mathematical,  (4)  Climate,  (5)  Industrial,  (6)  Industrial,  (7)  Com- 


38 


Indiana  University 


mercial,  (8)  Location  of  cities.  Each  test  is  made  up  of  20  questions. 
One  set  of  tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers : Bureau  of  Reference,  Research,  and  Statistics,  Board  of 
Education,  500  Park  Ave.,  New  York  City. 

Price:  no  information. 

Nifenecker’s  Pupils’  Progress  thru  the  Grades.  Not  a test. 

Olmsted’s  Diagnostic  Geography  Test.  By  M.  C.  Olmsted.  Published: 
1922.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Time  to  give:  2%  to  9 minutes  each; 
30  minutes  for  complete  test.  Time  to  score:  short.  Range:  7 and 
8 grades.  Standardized:  May  and  December  standards. 

There  are  7 separate  tests,  containing  from  10  to  30  questions  each. 
The  tests  are  as  follows:  Test  1,  General  geography;  Test  2,  Occupa- 
tions; Test  3,  Products;  Test  4,  Commerce;  Test  5,  Location;  Test  6, 
Land  and  people;  Test  7,  Surface  and  drainage.  The  pupil  is  to  under- 
line a word  that  will  make  a sentence  complete,  or  he  is  to  write  in  the 
parenthesis,  after  the  name  of  the  country,  a word  that  answers  a 
question  about  that  country.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
tested.  Instructions  are  printed  on  each  test.  Record  sheets  as  well  as  a 
key  for  scoring  are  available. 

Publisher:  M.  C.  Olmsted,  Junior  High  School,  Clarkston,  Wash. 
Price:  $1.50  per  100. 

Boston  Geography  Test:  United  States  and  Europe.  By  Leonard  O. 
Packard.  Published:  1915.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  geog- 
raphy. Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  no  information. 
Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information. 
There  are  2 separate  tests:  The  United  States,  Europe.  The  test 
on  the  United  States  consists  of  an  outline  map  and  10  questions.  The 
questions  are  made  up  of  causal  and  location  questions.  The  Europe 
test  is  similar  to  the  one  on  the  United  States.  One  test  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  to  be  tested.  The  tests  are  not  available  for  general  use. 

Posey-Van  Wagenen  Geography  Scales,  Divisions  I and  II.  By  M.  J. 
Van  Wagenen.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  abil- 
ity in  geography.  Range:  grades  5 to  8 inclusive.  (Division  I, 
grades  5,  6;  II,  grades  7,  8.)  Time  to  give:  40  minutes.  Time  to 
score:  2 minutes.  Standardized:  end-of-grade  or  school  year. 

There  are  2 separate  scales:  Information  Scale,  R,  and  Thought 
Scale,  S.  Scale  R,  Information,  is  composed  of  30  exercises  arranged 
in  3 groups  of  10  each.  Each  exercise  is  weighted  and  an  average  value 
given  to  each  group.  Each  exercise  presents  a choice  between  2 or 
more  answers.  Scale  S,  Thought,  is  similar  in  construction  and  arrange- 
ment to  the  scale  given  above.  The  questions  are  constructed  to  necessi- 
tate a greater  degree  of  reasoning  than  is  needed  in  Scale  R,  Informa- 
tion. One  scale  of  each  used  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  A 
key  for  grading  and  blanks  for  recording  are  available. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  $1.50  per  100,  each  division.  Sample  set,  20  cents. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Geography 


39 


Completion  Test  for  the  Measurement  of  Minimum  Geography  Knowl- 
edge of  Elementary  School  Children.  By  W.  C.  Reaves  and  M.  E. 
Branom.  Published:  1917.  Purpose:  to  measure  information  and 
reasoning  in  geography.  Range:  grade  7.  Time  to  give:  38 
minutes  of  working  time.  Time  to  score : no  information.  Standard- 
ized: no  information. 

This  test  is  divided  into  3 parts.  Parts  1 and  2 consist  of  outline 
maps  of  the  world.  On  the  first  the  continents  and  oceans  are  to  be 
located.  Part  3 is  composed  of  20  exercises.  Part  of  them  are  informa- 
tional and  part  are  reasoning  questions.  One  test  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  W.  C.  Reaves  and  M.  E.  Branom,  Harris  Teachers 
College,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Price : no  information. 

Starch’s  Geography  Test,.  Series  A.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  no 
information.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  knowledge  of  geography. 
Range:  grades  5 to  8.  Time  to  give:  not  “time  limit”  test.  Time  to 
score:  no  information.  Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  test  is  composed  of  78  exercises,  made  up  of  mutilated  state- 
ments. When  the  blank  spaces  are  properly  filled  the  statements  will  be 
correct.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Standards  and 
directions  for  giving  are  printed  on  the  tests. 

Publisher:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  2 cents  per  sheet. 

Thompson’s  Minimum  Essentials  in  Geography.  By  Thomas  E.  Thomp- 
son. Published:  1914.  Purpose:  teaching  aids  and  practice  exer- 
cises. Range:  grades  5 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time 
to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information  in  regard 
to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  were  made. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  22  separate  tests  on  different  countries  of 
the  world.  Each  test  contains  100  questions.  Tests  with  odd  numbers 
are  oral  tests  to  be  used  in  drilling  pupils  after  the  facts  concerning 
a country  have  been  carefully  taught.  The  tests  with  even  numbers  are 
written  tests  containing  the  same  questions  as  the  oral  tests,  differently 
arranged.  Speed  and  accuracy  are  emphasized.  Directions  for  giving 
as  well  as  standards  are  printed  on  the  tests.  One  test  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  tested. 

Publisher:  Ginn  and  Co.,  2301  Prairie  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  44  cents  per  100.  $1.60  for  500. 

witham’s  Standardized  Geography  Tests.  By  Ernest  C.  Witham.  Pub- 
lished: 1916-20.  Purpose:  diagnostic  and  power  test.  Range:  fourth 
grade  to  high  school.  Time  to  give:  20  to  30  minutes.  Time  to 
score:  1%  to  4 minutes.  Standardized:  spring  standards. 

There  are  8 separate  tests:  (1)  World,  (2)  United  States,  (3)  South 
America,  (4)  Europe,  (5)  Asia,  (6)  Africa,  (7)  North  America,  (8) 
Commercial  geography  tests  for  junior  and  senior  high  schools.  The 
World  Test  is  made  up  of  7 parts:  names,  countries;  form  and  motions 
cf  the  earth;  hemispheres;  land  and  water  forms;  races,  homes;  indus- 


40 


Indiana  University 


tries,  countries;  large  cities,  location.  The  tests  on  the  different  coun- 
tries are  similar  in  construction  and  arrangement.  The  United  States 
Test  is  made  up  of  9 parts.  Such  items  as  map  drawing,  location  of 
capitals,  bays,  gulfs,  rivers,  mountains,  industrial  regions,  etc.,  are  con- 
sidered. One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  J.  L.  Hammett  Co.,  Newark,  N.J.,  and  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Price:  sets  of  50  of  each  test  $1.75,  including  printed  directions  for 
giving  and  scoring,  standard  scores,  and  keys.  Sample  sets,  10  cents  in 
stamps. 

Witham’s  Standard  Geography  Tests,  No.  8.  By  Ernest  C.  Witham. 
Copyrighted:  1921.  Purpose:  a reasoning  test  in  commercial  geog- 
raphy. Range:  junior  and  senior  high  schools.  Time  to  give:  not 
“time  limit”  tests.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  tentatively. 
Witham’s  Commercial  Geography  Test  is  composed  of  4 parts,  as 
follows : reasons  for  the  location  of  certain  industries ; trade  routes, 
leading  world  products;  exports  and  imports.  In  Part  1,  3 or  more 
reasons  are  given  for  each  statement.  The  pupil  is  to  check  the  correct 
reason.  Part  2 contains  a number  of  trade  routes,  which  the  pupil  must 
number  in  the  order  of  the  amount  of  merchandise  carried.  Parts  3 and 
4 are  similar  to  Part  2 in  arrangement.  One  test  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  tested.  Instructions  and  standards  are  available. 

Publisher:  J.  L.  Hammett  Co.,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Price:  $1.75  per  set  of  50  tests,  including  directions  for  giving  and 
scoring,  standard  scores,  and  key. 


GEOMETRY 

A Preliminary  Attempt  to  Devise  a Test  of  the  Ability  of  High  School 
Pupils  in  the  Manipulations  of  Space  Relations.  By  H.  N.  Irwin. 
Published:  1918.  Purpose:  “The  primary  purpose  of  the  test  is  to 
compel  the  pupils  to  get  the  answer  to  each  question  through  mental 
manipulation  of  the  data  involved  solely  and  without  any  assistance 
from  drawings  or  other  external  devices.”  Range:  grades  9 to  12. 
Time  to  give:  30  minutes.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Not 
standardized. 

There  are  4 tests:  A,  B,  C,  and  D.  The  type  of  the  question  may  be 
inferred  from  the  purpose  given  above.  This  test  has  never  been  pub- 
lished for  distribution. 

Minnick’s  Geometry  Tests.  By  J.  H.  Minnick.  Published:  1919.  Pur- 
pose: to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  demonstrate  a theorem  in  geome- 
try. Range:  secondary  schools.  Time  to  give:  about  1 hour.  Time 
to  score : about  5 minutes  per  copy.  This  will  vary  greatly  with 
practice.  Standardized:  while  it  has  been  standardized,  the  number 
of  students  to  whom  given  is  not  as  large  as  it  should  be.  Time 
of  year:  at  close  of  the  first  two  books  of  geometry. 

There  are  4 tests:  A,  B,  C,  and  D.  Test  A measures  the  pupil’s 
ability  to  draw  the  figure;  Test  B,  to  state  the  hypothesis  and  con- 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  German 


41 


elusion;  Test  C,  to  recall  facts  concerning  the  figure;  Test  D,  to  select 
and  arrange  facts  so  as  to  produce  the  proof.  Instructions  for  giving, 
scoring,  and  recording  scores  are  available.  One  set  of  4 tests  is  needed 
for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  $2.50  per  100  each  for  tests  A,  B,  C,  D.  Sample  set,  20  cents. 

Starch  and  Hemenway  Geometry  Test.  By  Daniel  Starch  and  H.  S. 
Hemenway.  Published:  1918.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range:  sec- 
ondary schools.  Time  to  give:  40  to  75  minutes  (not  “time  limit” 
test) . Time  to  score : 5 minutes.  Standardized : tentative  standards, 
June  scores. 

The  test  is  composed  of  “15  definitions,  31  reasons  (theorems  I-IV)”, 
all  on  one  folder.  Weighted  scores  are  given  based  on  the  estimates  of 
22  teachers  of  geometry.  The  theorems  are  so  constructed  that  the  proofs 
may  be  completed  by  filling  blanks  with  the  proper  terms.  One  test  is 
needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  giving  and  scoring 
and  tentative  standards  are  printed  on  the  tests. 

Publishers:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  3 cents  per  sheet.  One  sheet  required  for  each  pupil. 

Stockard  and  Bell’s  Geometry  Test.  By  L.  V.  Stockard.  Published: 
1916.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  geometry.  Range:  grades  9 
to  11.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  informa- 
tion. Not  standardized.  The  author  wrote  a master’s  thesis  on  this 
subject.  The  test  has  never  been  published. 

Thurstone’s  Geometry  Test.  Copyrighted:  1919,  by  Carnegie  Institute  of 
Technology;  1922,  by  World  Book  Co.  Range:  high  school  seniors 
and  college  freshmen.  Time  to  give:  30  minutes.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Standardized. 

For  description  see  Thurstone’s  Vocational  Guidance  Tests. 
Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  per  package  of  25  tests,  1 record  sheet,  $1. 


GERMAN 

Whipple’s  German  Vocabulary  Test.  By  G.  M.  Whipple.  Published: 
1917.  Purpose:  to  measure  reading  vocabulary.  Range:  graduate 
students.  Time  to  give:  20  to  30  minutes.  Time  to  score:  5 minutes 
or  less.  Tentative  standards. 

The  test  is  composed  of  100  German  words  to  be  written  in  English. 
The  test  is  not  a test  in  the  sense  of  ordinary  school  tests  as  it  is  intended 
to  be  “used  to  see  whether  students  preparing  to  take  doctor’s  degrees 
know  enough  German  to  venture  to  try  their  German  educational  reading 
examination”. 

Publisher:  G.  M.  Whipple,  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Price:  not  for  sale. 


42 


Indiana  University 


GRAMMAR 

Buckingham’s  English  Grammar  Test.  By  B.  R.  Buckingham.  Pub- 
lished: 1916.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  formal  grammar. 
Range:  grades  7 and  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to 
score:  no  information.  Not  standardized. 

The  tests  consist  of  2 sets  of  questions,  10  given  in  March  and  14 
in  J une.  The  tests  were  used  in  making  a study  of  formal  grammar  as  a 
school  subject.  They  were  never  published  for  general  testing  purposes. 

Information  Tests  in  English  Grammar,  Series  A to  J.  By  B.  R. 
Buckingham.  These  tests  were  never  published. 

Buckingham’s  English  Grammar  Scale.  By  B.  R.  Buckingham.  Pub- 
lished: 1916.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  formal  grammar. 
Range:  first  half  of  seventh  to  first  half  of  ninth  grade.  Time 
to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standard- 
ized: March  and  June  standards. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  38  difficult  questions  on  formal  grammar. 
It  was  used  by  the  author  during  the  Third  Conference  on  Educational 
Measurements  held  at  Indiana  University  to  illustrate  the  principles  of 
scale  derivation.  The  scale  has  never  been  printed  for  general  distribu- 
tion. 

Buckingham’s  English  Grammar  Test.  By  B.  R.  Buckingham.  Pub- 
lished: Seventeenth  Annual  Report  of  Schools,  City  of  New  York, 
1914-15.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  grammar.  Range:  grades 
7 and  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  informa- 
tion. Standardized:  no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which 
standards  are  made. 

The  test  is  composed  of  6 questions  concerning  the  form  and  con- 
struction of  nouns  and  pronouns,  classification  of  verbs,  use  of  parti- 
ciples, infinitives,  etc.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Publisher:  B.  R.  Buckingham. 

Price:  no  information. 

Purdue  English  Test.  By  G.  C.  Brandenburg.  Published:  September, 
1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  ability  of  college  freshmen  in  Eng- 
lish. Range:  grades,  high  school,  and  college.  Time  to  give:  35 
minutes.  Time  to  score:  15  minutes  if  scored  by  class.  Standard- 
ized: September  for  college  freshmen;  January  for  high  school 
students. 

There  are  7 separate  tests:  (1)  Punctuation,  (2)  Grammar,  (3) 
Choice  of  words,  (4)  Literary  information,  (5)  Spelling,  (6)  Vocabulary, 
(7)  Reading.  The  first  contains  20  sentences  to  be  punctuated ; the  second 
contains  20  sentences  with  a choice  of  words  for  grammatical  correc- 
tions; the  third,  20  sentences  with  a choice  of  words  to  be  made;  the 
fourth,  20  sentences  each  bringing  out  some  point  concerning  literature 
or  an  author;  the  fifth  contains  30  words,  some  spelled  correctly  and 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Grammar 


43 


some  incorrectly  with  the  words  “right”  and  “wrong”  after  each;  the 
sixth  contains  30  words  with  several  meanings  after  each,  one  of  which 
is  correct;  the  seventh  contains  two  short  selections  to  be  read  and 
questions  answered  on  each.  Standards  and  directions  for  giving  and 
scoring  are  printed  on  the  tests.  One  key  for  the  examiner  is  fur- 
nished with  each  order  of  tests. 

Publisher:  G.  C.  Brandenburg,  Purdue  University,  Lafayette,  Ind. 
Price:  2 cents  per  copy.  Duplicate  forms  2 and  3 available.  Equal 
in  difficulty. 

Charters’  Diagnostic  Grammar  Test,  Forms  I and  II.  By  W.  W. 
Charters.  Published:  no  information.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range: 
grades  7 and  8.  Time  to  give:  not  “time  limit”  test,  but  will  occupy 
2 periods.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  infor- 
mation as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  test  is  composed  of  exercises  on  the  use  of  verbs,  pronouns,  etc. 
Sentences  are  given,  some  of  which  are  correct  and  others  incorrect. 
If  the  sentence  is  correct,  a cross  is  to  be  made  under  it;  if  it  is  incor- 
rect, the  pupil  is  to  write  the  correct  form  under  the  word  that  is  incor- 
rect. The  reason  for  the  correction  is  to  be  written  at  the  right  of  the 
sentence.  A miscellaneous  test  has  been  devised  which  gives  exercise  in 
many  different  phases  of  sentence  construction.  Instructions  for  giving 
and  scoring  with  standard  medians  as  well  as  record  sheets  are  avail- 
able. One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  $1.50  per  100  copies  for  each  part. 

Clapp’s  Standard  School  Tests  in  Correct  English.  By  F.  L.  Clapp. 
Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  use  correct 
English.  Range:  grades  5 to  8.  Time  to  give:  20  minutes  (working 
time).  Time  to  score:  2 minutes.  Standardized:  end  of  the  school 
year. 

The  Clapp’s  Standard  School  Tests  are  general  tests  in  English  com- 
posed of  29  exercises  in  sentence  completion.  Where  dotted  lines  are 
given  the  pupil  may  use  as  many  words  as  he  thinks  necessary.  When 
straight  lines  are  used  only  one  word  is  to  be  supplied.  In  some  cases 
mutilated  sentences  are  to  be  completed  while  in  others  complete  state- 
ments are  to  be  made  or  questions  answered.  The  first  4 questions  are 
worked  out  by  the  class  together  as  a preliminary  exercise  to  acquaint 
the  pupils  with  the  type  of  work  to  be  done.  One  test  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Standards  and  directions  for  giving  and  scoring 
are  given  on  a separate  sheet. 

Publishers:  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wis. 

Price:  $1.50  per  100;  directions  for  examiner,  2*4  cents  each. 

Clemens’  Grammar  Test.  By  A.  H.  Clemens,  High  School,  Rochester, 
Minn.  These  tests  have  been  abandoned. 


M 


Indiana  University 


Minnesota  Tests  in  English  Grammar.  By  M.  E.  Haggerty.  Published: 
no  information.  Purpose : diagnostic.  Range : no  information.  Time 
to  give:  30  minutes.  Time  to  score:  no  information. 

The  test  is  composed  of  10  exercises  dealing  with  verbs,  nouns,  and 
pronouns,  phrases,  clauses,  analysis,  and  composition.  One  test  is  needed 
for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Bureau  of  Cooperative  Research,  University  of  Minne- 
sota, Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Price:  out  of  print. 

A Grammar  Test.  Two  forms.  By  Thomas  J.  Kirby.  Published:  June, 
1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  choose  correct  English 
usage  and  to  recognize  the  principle  in  accordance  with  wdiich  the 
usage  is  correct.  Range:  grades  7 to  12.  Time  to  give:  about  35 
minutes  (not  “time  limit”  test).  Time  to  score:  about  1 hour  for 
20  pupils,  if  scored  by  1 person;  10  minutes  if  scored  by  class. 
Standardized:  for  grades  7 and  8,  mid-year. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  5 sections  of  sentences  and  rules  or  principles 
governing  each.  The  sentences  are  composed  of  statements  with  2 or 
more  possible  answers.  The  pupil  is  to  select  the  correct  word  to  be 
used  and  then  from  a parallel  column  of  rules  or  principles  governing 
the  sentences  in  the  section,  he  is  to  select  the  principle  governing  the 
usage  he  has  selected.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Complete  instructions  for  using  are  available. 

Publishers:  Extension  Division,  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 
Price:  $1.75  for  100,  including  record  sheets  and  instructions  for 
giving  and  scoring. 

Diagnostic  Tests  in  English  Grammar,  Punctuation,  and  Capitalization. 
By  S.  L.  Pressey,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio.  Pub- 
lished: 1922;  revised,  1923.  Range:  grades  7 to  12  and  college. 
Time  to  give:  5 .minutes.  Time  to  score:  about  1 minute.  Stand- 
ardized: January  scores. 

Publishers:  Psychology  Department,  Ohio  State  University,  Colum- 
bus, Ohio. 

Price,  6 cents  each,  including  directions  for  giving  and  scoring  key. 

Diagnostic  Grammar  Test.  By  S.  L.  Pressey,  Ohio  State  University, 
Columbus,  Ohio.  Published:  1923.  Range:  grades  7 to  12  and  col- 
lege. Time  to  give:  10  minutes.  Time  to  score:  30  seconds  per 
blank.  Standardized:  no  information  as  to  time  standards  were 
made. 

Publisher:  Psychology  Department,  Ohio  State  University,  Colum- 
bus, Ohio. 

Price:  6 cents  each,  including  directions  for  giving  and  scoring  key. 

Scale  of  Attainment  No.  2 (American  History,  Arithmetic,  English 
Grammar,  and  Reading  Vocabulary).  By  L.  W.  Pressey.  For  de- 
scription see  heading  History. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Grammar 


45 


Grammatical  Scale  A:  English.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  1920. 
Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range:  grades  5 to  12.  Time  to  give:  not 
“time  limit”  test.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  11  steps  of  from  1 to  4 sentences  each. 
Each  sentence  has  in  parenthesis  2 ways  in  which  it  may  be  stated.  The 
pupil  is  directed  to  cross  out  the  one  he  thinks  is  incorrect.  If  both  are 
incorrect,  they  should  be  crossed  out.  Instructions  for  giving  and  a 
key  for  scoring  as  well  as  norms  are  available.  One  scale  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  Street,  Madison, 

Wis. 

Price:  80  cents  per  100.  One  direction  sheet  for  each  examiner; 
2 cents  per  sheet. 

Starch’s  English  Grammar  Test.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  1920. 
Purpose:  to  measure  information  and  ability  in  parts  of  speech, 
cases,  and  forms  of  verbs.  Range:  grades  7 to  12.  Time  to  give: 
9 minutes  (3  for  each  part).  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Stand- 
ardized: no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  are 
made. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  3 parts:  (1)  Parts  of  speech,  (2)  Cases  of 
nouns  and  pronouns,  (3)  Tense  and  mode  of  verbs.  The  pupil  has  3 
minutes  in  which  to  indicate  the  part  of  speech,  case,  or  tense  and  mode 
of  as  many  words  as  he  can  by  writing  the  abbreviation  over  the  word. 
One  copy  of  each  of  the  3 tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Directions  for  giving  as  well  as  norms  are  printed  on  the  sheet  of 
instruction. 

Publishers:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  30  cents  per  100  sheets.  One  direction  sheet  covering  3 tests 
required  for  examination.  2 cents  per  sheet. 

Thompson’s  Research  Tests.  By  Thomas  E.  Thompson.  Published:  no 
information.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  give  parts  of 
speech  of  words  in  sentences.  Range:  no  information.  Time  to 
give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  short.  No  information  as  to 
standardization. 

The  test  is  composed  of  9 sentences  printed  with  the  lines  far  enough 
apart  for  the  abbreviation  of  the  8 parts  of  speech  to  be  under  each  word. 
A cross  is  to  be  made  thru  the  center  of  the  abbreviation  which  the  pupil 
thinks  is  correct.  If  the  paper  is  100  per  cent  correct,  50  crosses  will 
show  thru  the  50  holes  in  the  overlay  sheet.  One  test  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  giving  and  a key  for  scoring  are 
available. 

Publisher:  Thomas  E.  Thompson,  Monrovia,  Calif. 

Price:  no  information. 


46 


Indiana  University 


HANDWRITING 

Ayres’  Handwriting-  Scale  (Gettysburg  Edition).  By  L.  P.  Ayres.  Pub- 
lished : 1917.  Purpose : to  measure  speed  and  quality  in  handwriting. 
Range:  elementary  or  high  schools.  Time  to  give:  2 minutes.  Time 
to  score:  10  seconds.  Standardized:  mid-year. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  8 specimens  of  handwriting  arranged  in 
the  order  of  quality  from  20  to  90.  Intermediate  scores  may  be  used  if 
desired.  The  score  is  best  found  by  sliding  the  paper  along  the  scale  until 
a specimen  in  the  scale  is  found  which  corresponds  in  quality  to  the  writ- 
ing being  graded.  Speed  is  determined  by  counting  the  number  of 
letters  written  in  the  time  given  for  the  test.  A key  for  determining 
speed  is  furnished  with  the  scale.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher 
or  class. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  single  copies,  18  cents.  3 copies  or  more,  14  cents  each. 

Ayres’  Scale  for  Measuring  the  Quality  of  Handwriting  of  School  Chil- 
dren. By  L.  P.  Ayres.  Published:  1912.  Purpose:  to  measure 
quality  in  handwriting.  Range:  elementary  school.  Time  to  give: 
2 minutes.  Time  to  score:  10  seconds.  Standardized:  no  informa- 
tion. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  24  specimens  of  writing  arranged  in  8 
columns.  Each  column  contains  3 copies  of  equal  value,  but  of  different 
style.  The  8 values  are  arranged  from  20  to  90.  The  value  of  a sample 
may  be  found  by  sliding  it  along  the  scale  until  a similar  copy  is  found. 
One  scale  is  needed  for  each  examiner. 

Publisher:  Russell  Sage  Foundation,  New  York  City. 

Price:  17  cents  net  per  copy. 

Ayres’  Handwriting  Scale  for  Measuring  the  Quality  of  Handwriting  of 
Adults.  By  L.  P.  Ayres.  Published:  1914.  Purpose:  to  measure 
the  quality  of  handwriting  of  adults.  Time  to  give:  2 minutes. 
Time  to  score:  10  seconds.  Standardized:  no  information. 

The  Ayres’  Handwriting  Scale  for  Adults  is  composed  of  24  samples 
arranged  in  8 columns,  with  3 copies  representing  each  value.  The 
values  range  from  20  to  90.  A sample  of  writing  is  measured  by 
sliding  it  along  the  scale  until  a corresponding  quality  is  found.  The 
number  above  the  writing  corresponding  to  the  sample  is  the  value  of 
the  writing  measured.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  examiner. 

Publisher:  Russell  Sage  Foundation,  New  York  City. 

Price:  10  cents  each.  100  or  more,  but  less  than  1,000,  $9  per  100. 
1,000  or  more,  $7.50  per  100. 

Ayres’  Handwriting  Scale:  Three-Slant  Edition.  By  Leonard  P.  Ayres. 
Published:  1912.  Purpose:  designed  to  measure  the  handwriting  of 
children.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  infor- 
mation. Standardized:  no  information. 

This  scale  consisted  of  3 series  of  samples  of  handwriting  arranged 
in  order  of  “legibility”. 

Publisher:  Russell  Sage  Foundation,  New  York  City.  Out  of  print. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Handwriting 


47 


Breed  and  Downs’  Handwriting  Scale.  Published:  March,  1917.  Range: 
grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  2 minutes.  Time  to  score:  no  informa- 
tion. Not  standardized. 

No  attempt  has  been  made  to  commercialize  the  tests.  It  has  been 
regarded  by  the  author  rather  as  a chart  representing  the  results  of  a 
handwriting  survey  than  as  a measuring  instrument.  He  states  that  “It 
is  unfortunate  that  the  term  ‘scale’  was  applied  to  it.” 

Publisher:  F.  S.  Breed,  University  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111. 

Handwriting  and  Measuring  Tablets.  By  F.  E.  Clark,  J.  B.  Wells,  and 
R.  N.  Freeman.  Published:  1921.  Purpose:  to  measure  handwriting 
and  to  enable  pupils  to  measure  their  own  handwriting.  Range: 
grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  varies 
for  each  grade.  Standardized:  standards  made  any  time  of  year. 
The  Handwriting  and  Measuring  Tablets  are  arranged  in  4 separate 
scales.  Each  scale  represents  a different  level  in  writing  development. 
Scales  may  be  secured  for  4 different  levels:  namely,  grade  2,  grades  3 
and  4,  grades  5 and  6,  grades  7 and  8.  There  are  5 units  or  grades  of 
excellence  represented  in  each  scale.  A median  of  75  is  given  so  the 
pupil  can  compare  his  standing  with  the  scale  and  tell  how  he  stands  in 
his  grade.  The  scales  are  conveniently  arranged  in  each  tablet  so  that 
the  pupil  can  make  comparisons  at  will. 

Publisher:  Dobson-Evans  Co.,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Price:  Second-grade  pencil  tablets,  50  cents  per  100.  Fourth,  fifth, 
sixth,  seventh,  and  eighth  grade  ink  tablets,  $6.50  per  100,  including 
books  of  instruction  and  score  sheets. 

Cleveland  Free  Choice  Test  in  Handwriting.  This  test  consists  of  the 
first  3 lines  of  Lincoln’s  Gettysburg  speech.  It  was  scored  by  means 
of  the  Ayres  Handwriting  Scale.  Instructions  for  giving  the  test 
will  be  found  on  pages  235-6  of  Judd’s  “Measuring  the  Work  of  the 
Public  Schools”  (Cleveland).  This  book  may  be  obtained  from  Rus- 
sell Sage  Foundation,  New  York  City. 

Muscular  Movement  Penmanship  Gradient.  By  Bertha  A.  Conner. 
Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  definite  writing  product  for 
each  grade.  Range:  grades  1 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  no  in- 
formation. Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  in- 
formation as  to  time  standardized. 

The  scale  “supplies  teachers  and  pupils  with  a definite  knowledge 
of  the  standard  writing  product  for  each  grade”.  Standard  specimens 
of  “muscular  movement  writing”  are  used  for  different  periods  of  de- 
velopment during  the  school  year,  with  each  specimen  evaluated.  One 
set  of  standards  is  needed  for  each  grade  to  be  tested.  Pupils  can  grade 
their  own  writing  by  comparison  with  the  specimens. 

Publishers:  Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  $1.20  per  envelope,  containing  “An  Instruction  Page  to  Teach- 
ers, 50  copies  of  graded  and  rated  types  of  the  writing  product  for  each 
ten  weeks  of  the  school  year  for  the  grade  named  on  the  envelope”. 

Courtis  Standard  Practice  Tests  in  Handwriting.  By  S.  A.  Courtis  and 
Lena  A.  Shaw.  Copyrighted:  1921,  by  World  Book  Co.;  in  use 


48 


Indiana  University 


since  1917.  Purpose:  to  secure  progress  by  practice  under  adequate 
measuring  conditions.  Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no 
information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no 
information. 

The  tests  consist  of  a series  of  20  graded  lessons,  including  2 tests 
so  arranged  as  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  pupils.  The  practice  tests  are 
good  teaching  devices.  The  manual  for  the  teacher  contains  instruc- 
tions for  giving,  scoring,  and  recording,  as  well  as  suggestions  for 
remedying  the  defects  revealed. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  Teacher’s  Manual,  25  cents  net;  Class  Record  Cards,  4 pages, 
5 cents  net;  Measuring  Scale  for  Handwriting  (Ayres,  Gettysburg),  10 
cents  net;  Student  Daily  Lesson  Book,  10  cents  net;  Student’s  Daily 
Record  Card,  3 cents  net.  Each  pupil  needs  a Daily  Lesson  Book  and  a 
Daily  Record  Card. 

Courtis  Practice  Tests  in  Handwriting.  Published:  1922.  Range:  grades 
3 to  8.  Purpose:  used  for  drill  purposes  to  bring  children  up  to 
standard.  Time  required  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score: 
no  information. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  no  information. 

Courtis  Standard  Supervisory  Handwriting  Test:  Form  A.  By  S.  A. 
Courtis.  Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  quality 
in  handwriting.  Range:  grades  3B  to  8A.  Time  to  give:  grades  3B 
to  5 A,  3 minutes;  grades  6B  to  8 A,  IV2  minutes.  Time  to  score:  2 
hours.  Standardized:  beginning  and  end  of  semesters. 

The  test  consists  of  a printed  selection  to  be  written  by  the  pupil. 
He  is  instructed  to  write  as  he  would  write  a letter.  Rate  is  found  by 
counting  the  number  of  letters  written  per  minute.  A key  for  scoring 
the  rate  is  printed  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  sheet  that  contains  the 
selection  to  be  copied.  Ayres’  Scale  is  used  for  determining  the  quality 
of  the  writing.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  A class 
record  card  for  class  scores  is  available. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  material  for  40  children,  2 forms,  $1.35  each. 

Courtis  Standard  Research  Tests  in  Handwriting,  Form  A (“Detroit 
Performance  Scale”).  By  Lena  A.  Shaw  and  S.  A.  Courtis.  Pub- 
lished: 1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  to  score  handwriting. 
Range:  grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give:  grades  3B  to  5 A,  3 minutes; 
grades  6B  to  8A,  90  seconds.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Stand- 
ardized: June  scores. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  48  samples.  Each  page  contains  two 
samples,  A and  B.  The  pupil  is  to  “compare  the  two  samples  and  record 
which  is  the  better  writing,  A or  B”.  If  he  is  unable  to  decide,  the 
samples  are  called  equal.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  examiner. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  56  cents  per  copy,  including  directions  and  score  key. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Handwriting 


49 


Courtis  Standard  Research  Tests  in  Handwriting:  Series  W.  By  S.  A. 
Courtis.  Published:  1917.  Purpose:  to  measure  rate  and  ability  in 
handwriting.  Range:  grades  3B  to  8A.  Time  to  give:  grades  3B 
to  5 A,  3 minutes;  grades  6B  to  8A,  90  seconds.  Time  to  score:  30 
minutes.  Standardized:  June  standards. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  5 specimens  of  handwriting  ranging  in 
value  from  15  to  75.  Each  specimen  is  made  on  a separate  sheet.  A 
pupil’s  writing  may  be  measured  by  comparing  it  with  the  samples  in 
the  scale.  If  the  sample  being  measured  is  found  to  be  between  2 speci- 
mens on  the  scale,  intermediate  grades  may  be  used. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  90  cents  for  one  envelope  containing  test  material  for  40 
pupils. 

Fordyce’s  Directions  for  Measuring  the  Quality  and  Speed  in  Handwrit- 
ing. By  Charles  Fordyce.  Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure 
quality  and  speed  in  handwriting.  Ayres  standards  used  in  measur- 
ing quality.  Range:  grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give:  2 minutes.  Time 
to  score:  5 minutes.  Standardized:  May  standards. 

The  Fordyce  Measuring  Scale  for  Handwriting  is  an  adaptation  of 
the  Ayres  Scale.  Quality  is  determined  by  using  the  Ayres  Scale.  A 
key  is  furnished  on  each  record  sheet  giving  the  number  of  letters  after 
each  word.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  examiner. 

Publisher:  Charles  Fordyce,  University  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln,  Neb. 
Price:  no  information. 

Frasier’s  Writing  Scale.  By  Geo.  W.  Frasier.  Published:  no  infor- 
mation. Purpose:  to  measure  quality  of  handwriting.  Range: 
grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no 
information.  Standardized:  no  information. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  9 samples.  The  highest  quality  is  given 
a grade  of  1 and  the  lowest,  9.  The  grade  of  a sample  is  found  by 
sliding  it  along  the  scale  until  a similar  sample  is  found.  The  number 
above  the  sample  is  the  quality  of  the  writing  measured.  One  scale  is 
needed  for  each  examiner. 

Publisher:  Normal  Bookstore,  Cheney,  Wash. 

Price:  10  cents  each.  In  lots  of  10  or  more,  8 cents  each. 

A Chart  for  Diagnosing  Faults  in  Handwriting.  By  F.  N.  Freeman. 
Published:  1914.  Purpose:  to  measure  slant,  alignment,  quality  of 
line,  letter  formation,  and  spacing.  Range:  all  grades.  Time  to 
score:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Standard- 
ized: no  information. 

The  chart  is  composed  of  3 samples,  each  of  uniform  slant,  align- 
ment, quality  of  line,  letter  formation,  and  spacing.  Each  copy  to  be 
graded  must  be  compared  with  each  of  these  samples  and  a grade  given 
for  each  characteristic  to  be  considered.  Three  scores  are  suggested: 
one  for  the  lowest,  3 for  medium,  and  5 for  the  highest.  One  scale  is 


4—26069 


50 


Indiana  University 


needed  for  each  teacher  or  class.  Directions  for  use  are  printed  on  the 
scale. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Educational  Measurements,  Kansas  State  Nor- 
mal School,  Emporia,  Kan. 

Price:  one  copy  of  scale  and  complete  accessories,  40  cents  postpaid, 
3 or  more  copies,  37  cents  each. 

A Handwriting  Scale.  By  Edward  P.  Gilchrist.  Published:  1920.  Pur- 
pose : to  measure  speed  and  legibility.  Range : no  information.  Time 
to  give:  53  seconds.  Time  to  score:  6 seconds.  Tentative  stand- 
ards: based  on  standard  reader. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  4 declarative  sentences,  each  containing  6 
words.  “Speed  is  measured  by  limiting  the  writing.  Legibility  is  meas- 
ured by  timing  the  reading  of  the  writing.”  One  scale  is  needed  for 
each  examiner. 

Publisher:  Edward  P.  Gilchrist,  Pensacola,  Fla. 

Price:  no  information. 

Gray’s  Standard  Score  Card  for  Handwriting.  By  C.  S.  Gray.  “This 
is  not  a test  but  merely  a card  on  which  to  record  the  progress 
pupils  make  in  handwriting  from  month  to  month.” 

Holmes’  Penmanship  Tests.  By  H.  W.  Holmes.  Published:  have  never 
been  published,  but  have  been  used  since  about  1915.  The  tests 
will  be  published  soon.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  legibility  in 
handwriting.  Time  to  give:  8 to  10  minutes.  Time  to  score:  2 to  3 
minutes.  Range : grades  2 to  8 inclusive.  Standardized : May  scores. 
There  are  3 separate  tests:  the  dictation  test,  the  one-minute  test, 
and  the  four-minute  test.  Each  of  the  samples  was  graded  by  2 or  more 
people  for  legibility.  Each  of  the  3 tests  is  used  in  determining  the 
legibility  of  the  writing  measured.  Speed  is  determined  by  counting  the 
letters  written  per  minute  in  the  one-  and  four-minute  tests. 

Publisher:  Education  Department,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge, 
Mass. 

Price:  25  cents  each,  plus  postage. 

Houston’s  Guide  for  Rating  and  Correcting  Handwriting.  By  Harry 
Houston.  Published:  1913;  revised,  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure 
speed  and  legibility  of  handwriting.  Range:  grades  4 to  8.  Time 
to  give:  2 or  3 minutes.  Time  to  score:  depends  on  experience  of 
the  scorer.  Standardized. 

The  scale  is  made  by  using  several  samples  for  each  rating.  The 
quality  of  the  sample  to  be  graded  is  found  by  comparing  it  with  the 
samples  in  the  scale.  One  scale  is  needed  by  each  teacher  or  examiner. 
Publisher:  Harry  Houston,  162  Willard  St.,  New  Haven,  Conn. 
Price:  12  cents  per  copy. 

Kansas  City  Scale  for  Measuring  Handwriting.  Missouri  Edition.  By 
Bureau  of  Research  and  Efficiency,  Public  Schools,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 
Published:  1916.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  quality  in  hand- 
writing. Range:  grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give:  5 minutes.  Time 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Handwriting 


51 


to  score:  30  minutes  for  a room.  Standardized:  end-of-year  stand- 
ards. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  specimens  arranged  in  15  values  ranging 
from  4 to  18.  Each  value  contains  from  1 to  3 specimens.  Suggestions 
are  given  for  the  improvement  of  the  specimen  given  under  each  value. 
There  is  also  a set  of  50  standardized  specimens,  published  in  1916, 
modeled  after  the  Thorndike  Standardized  Specimens  and  designed  to 
enable  teachers  to  train  themselves  and  to  check  themselves  in  the 
use  of  the  Handwriting  Scale.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Research  and  Efficiency,  Public  Schools, 
Kansas  City,  Mo. 

Price:  5 cents  per  copy. 

The  New  York  City  Penmanship  Scale.  By  Clyde  C.  Lister  and  Garry 
C.  Myers.  Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  form,  movement, 
and  spacing  of  handwriting.  Range:  grades  4 to  8 inclusive.  Time 
to  give:  5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  class  of  40,  15  to  20  minutes. 
Standardized:  for  the  last  of  each  semester. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  24  specimens  of  writing  arranged  in  3 
columns,  emphasizing,  respectively,  form,  movement,  and  spacing.  The 
values  for  each  column  are  arranged  in  a scale  numbered  from  20  to  90. 
Each  sample  should  be  graded  for  each  characteristic  and  an  average 
made  which  makes  up  the  grade  of  the  writing  measured.  One  scale  is 
needed  for  each  examiner. 

Publisher:  The  Macmillan  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  20  cents  each,  subject  to  education  discount  of  % per  cent. 

Locker’s  Handwriting  Scale.  By  W.  C.  Locker.  Published:  1919.  Pur- 
pose: diagnostic.  Range:  grades  1 to  7.  Time  to  give:  from  1 
minute  in  first  grade  to  2 minutes  in  grade  7.  Time  to  score:  1 to 
2 minutes.  Standardized:  no  special  time  for  standards. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  12  specimens  ranging  in  value  from  45 
for  the  first  grade  to  95  for  the  eighth  grade.  Pupils  should  be  taught 
how  to  use  the  scale  in  measuring  their  own  writing.  A copy  is  measured 
by  comparing  it  with  the  scale.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher 
or  class.  A teacher’s  guide  is  available. 

Publishers:  W.  C.  Locker,  805  East  Marshall  St.,  Richmond,  Va. 
Price:  10  cents  each.  Teacher’s  Guide,  25  cents. 

Palmer’s  Standard  for  the  Evaluation  of  Efficiency.  Published:  1920. 
Purpose:  to  evaluate  the  efficiency  of  pupil’s  handwriting.  Range: 
grades  1 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  1 minute  per  pupil.  Time 
to  score:  1 minute  per  pupil.  Standardized:  any  time  of  year. 
The  standards  are  made  up  of  separate  standards  for  grades  1 to 
8 inclusive.  One  set  of  standards  is  needed  for  each  grade.  A pad 
for  tabulating  the  standards  is  available. 

Publisher:  The  A.  N.  Palmer  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  complete  set,  50  cents.  Separate  sets  for  each  grade,  10 
cents  each.  Tabulating  pads,  10  cents  each. 


52 


Indiana  University 


Score  Card  for  Handwriting.  By  W.  E.  Reavis  and  N.  J.  Aikin.  Pub- 
lished: September,  1918.  Range:  grades  4 to  8.  Time  to  give: 
no  information.  Time  to  score:  depends  on  difficulty  of  the  sample 
scored.  Standardized:  middle-of-year  scores. 

Publisher:  W.  E.  Reavis,  Teachers  College,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

This  is  not  a test  but  material  used  for  scoring  purposes. 

Starch’s  Handwriting  Scale.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  1919.  Pur- 
pose: to  measure  speed  and  quality  in  handwriting.  Range:  ele- 
mentary and  secondary  schools.  Time  to  give:  no  informatibn. 
Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  samples  arranged  in  a continuous  series 
of  steps  from  0 to  20.  The  values  of  the  steps  have  a high  degree  of 
accuracy.  “The  scale  value  of  each  sample  was  computed  from  approxi- 
mately 1,000  judgments  based  on  356  rankings.”  The  scale  is  printed  in 
convenient  form  on  stiff  cardboard,  14  by  45  inches.  One  scale  is 
needed  for  each  examiner  or  teacher. 

Publishers:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison, 

Wis. 

Price:  50  cents  per  single  copy;  $5  per  dozen. 

Measuring  Scale  for  Handwriting.  By  Daniel  Starch  and  C.  T.  Wise. 
Published:  1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  quality  in  hand- 
writing. Range:  grades  1 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information. 
Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information  as  to 
time  standardized. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  21  specimens  of  writing  arranged  in  order 
of  value  ranging  from  0 to  20.  The  sample  may  be  graded  by  sliding 
it  along  the  scale  until  a specimen  of  similar  quality  is  found.  The 
grade  for  speed  is  found  by  counting  the  number  of  letters  written  per 
minute.  Norms  for  speed  and  quality  are  given  for  each  grade.  One 
scale  is  needed  for  each  examiner. 

Publisher:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  50  cents  per  copy. 

Thorndike’s  Scale  for  Measuring  the  Handwriting  of  Children.  By  E. 
L.  Thorndike.  Published:  1910;  revised,  1912.  Purpose:  to  measure 
speed  and  general  merit  in  handwriting.  Range:  grades  2 to  8. 
Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  short;  decreases  with 
practice.  Standardized : no  information  as  to  time  standardized. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  specimens  arranged  in  15  degrees  of  merit, 
ranging  in  value  from  4 to  18.  The  quality  of  a sample  is  determined 
by  comparison  with  the  specimens  in  the  scale.  Standards  have  been 
found  for  writing  used  in  the  penmanship  class  and  for  writing  used 
in  preparation  of  lessons.  Speed  is  determined  by  the  number  of  words 
written  per  minute.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  examiner. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity. Also  Extension  Division,  Iowa  State  University,  Iowa  City, 
Iowa. 

Price:  10  cents  each. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  History 


53 


Zaner’s  Handwriting  Scale.  By  — Zaner.  Published:  1917.  Purpose: 
to  measure  quality  and  style.  Range:  grades  1 to  12.  Time  to  give: 
1 minute  of  actual  writing.  Time  to  score:  V2  minute  for  each 
pupil.  Standardized:  end-of-term  scores. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  2 parts.  The  upper  half  is  composed  of 
8 specimens  of  writing  ranging  in  value  from  30  to  95.  It  is  used  for 
measuring  quality  only.  The  lower  half  of  the  scale  is  to  be  used  for 
measuring  both  style  and  quality.  The  sample  to  be  graded  is  compared 
with  the  scale,  sliding  it  along  until  a specimen  of  similar  quality  is 
found.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 

Publishers:  Zaner  and  Bloser  Co.,  118  North  High  St.,  Columbus, 
Ohio. 

Price:  25  cents  each;  $1.76  per  dozen. 


HISTORY 

Barr’s  Diagnostic  Test  in  American  History.  By  A.  S.  Barr.  Published : 
1918.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range:  grades  11  and  12.  Time  to  give: 
30  minutes  of  working  time.  Time  to  score:  2 to  3 minutes,  max- 
imum. Standardized:  end-of-year  standards. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  2 series,  2A  and  2B,  similar  in  construction 
and  arrangement,  and  of  equal  difficulty.  Each  series  is  composed  of 
6 tests:  one  practice  test  and  5 regular  tests.  The  5 regular  tests  are 
as  follows:  (1)  Comprehension,  (2)  Chronological  judgment,  (3)  His- 
torical evidence,  (4)  Evaluation  of  facts,  (5)  Causal  relationship.  One 
test  needed  for  each  pupil  tested.  Instructions  for  giving  and  scoring 
as  well  as  record  sheets  are  available. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  sample  sets,  20  cents;  $4  per  100  each  Series  A and  B; 
or  5 cents  each  in  small  quantities. 

Bell  and  McCullum  Test  in  United  States  History.  By  J.  Carleton  Bell 
and  D.  F.  McCullum.  Published:  1917.  Purpose:  informational 
test.  Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  34  minutes  of  work- 
ing time.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  “No  attempt  has  been 
made  to  fix  grade  standards.” 

The  test  is  composed  of  7 parts,  as  follows:  (1)  Dates-events  (10 

questions),  (2)  Men-events  (10  questions),  (3)  Events-men  (10  ques- 
tions), (4)  Historic  terms  (10  questions),  (5)  Political  parties,  (6) 
Divisions  of  United  States  history,  (7)  Map  study.  Standards  were 
found  on  the  basis  of  answers  from  normal  school  and  university  stu- 
dents of  Texas. 

The  test  is  out  of  print. 

Davis’s  Test  in  United  States  History:  Colonial  Period.  By  S.  B. 
Davis.  Published:  1917.  Purpose:  informational.  Range:  grade 
8 or  high  school.  Time  to  give:  12  minutes  for  each  test.  Time 
to  score:  1 minute.  Standardized:  second  semester,  near  the  close. 
There  are  2 parallel  tests,  A and  B.  Test  A is  composed  of  41 
exercises.  Each  exercise  has  several  suggested  answers.  The  pupil 


54 


Indiana  University 


is  to  draw  a line  under  the  correct  answer.  Test  B is  composed  of  44 
exercises  similar  in  construction  to  Test  A.  Each  exercise  is  weighted. 
One  set  of  tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for 
giving  and  scoring  as  well  as  key  are  available. 

Publishers:  The  University  of  Pittsburgh,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Price:  12  cents  each. 

Davis  and  Hicks  True-False  Test  in  Roman  History,  Late  Republican 
Period.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  to  what  extent  the 
pupil’s  knowledge  of  Roman  history  is  aided  by  the  study  of  Caesar 
and  Cicero.  Range:  second,  third,  and  fourth  years  of  high  school. 
Time  to  give:  about  15  minutes,  no  time  limit.  Time  to  score: 
about  2 minutes.  Standardized:  no. 

The  test  is  composed  of  50  statements  that  are  either  true  or  false. 
The  words  “true-false”  are  written  after  each.  The  pupil  is  to  under- 
line either  word  according  to  the  truth  or  falsity  of  the  statement.  The 
tests  have  been  devised  by  the  American  Classical  League  to  be  given 
in  connection  with  classical  investigations.  One  test  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Mason  D.  Gray,  East  High  School,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
Price:  1 cent  each. 

Goodman-Sackett  United  States  History  Test.  By Goodman  and 

L.  W.  Sackett.  The  compiler  was  unable  to  locate  either  of  the 
authors  to  secure  any  information  in  regard  to  this  test. 

The  Gregory  Tests  in  American  History,  Forms  A and  B.  By  C.  A. 
Gregory.  Published:  no  information.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s 
information  and  judgment  in  American  history.  Range:  grades 
7 and  8 and  high  school  grades  where  American  history  is  taught. 
Time  to  give : 45  to  50  minutes.  Time  to  score : short.  Standardized : 
Form  B is  available  since  March  15,  1923.  Fairly  satisfactory 
standards  for  Form  A have  been  established  from  about  8,000 
tests.  Tentative  standards  are  those  finishing  the  course  in  Ameri- 
can history. 

There  are  3 separate  tests.  “Test  I is  for  the  seventh  grade  and 
covers  the  subject-matter  to  Jackson’s  administration.  It  is  issued  in 
two  forms,  A and  B.  Each  form  consists  of  100  questions,  40  of  which 
are  miscellaneous  facts  and  dates,  and  the  other  60  deal  with  the  more 
fundamental  facts  of  the  subject,  testing  the  pupil’s  historical  judgment 
and  his  power  to  reason  from  cause  to  effect.”  The  tests  are  in 
part  diagnostic.  Each  test  is  divided  into  5 parts. 

Test  II  for  grade  8 is  composed  of  100  questions  on  subject-matter 
from  Washington’s  administration  to  1922.  It  is  similar  to  Test  I in 
construction  and  arrangement.  Test  III  is  composed  of  100  questions 
covering  the  whole  field  of  American  history.  “It  is  divided  into  seven 
major  divisions  which  make  it  in  part  diagnostic.”  It  is  designed  for 
the  eighth  grade  and  for  high  school  grades  in  which  American  history 
is  taught.  One  test  of  each  given  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  History 


55 


Score  cards  and  record  sheets  are  available.  Directions  for  giving  are 
printed  on  the  tests. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Educational  Research,  University  of  Oregon, 
Eugene,  Ore. 

Price:  $4  per  100  each  test,  including  score  cards  and  class  record 
sheets.  Specimen  sets,  10  cents  postpaid. 

The  Hahn’s  History  Scales.  By  H.  H.  Hahn.  Published:  1920;  revised, 
1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  pupil’s  information,  comprehension, 
and  judgment  in  American  history.  Range:  grades  7 and  8.  Time 
to  give:  not  “time  limit”  tests.  It  depends  upon  number  of  exercises 
in  the  test,  and  each  teacher  makes  up  her  own  test  from  the  scale. 
From  5 to  10  exercises  are  suggested  for  a test.  Time  to  score: 
depends  on  number  of  exercises  in  test.  About  the  same  as  an 
ordinary  school  test.  Standardized:  yes,  very  definitely,  May  (close 
of  school  year). 

There  are  2 distinct  scales:  one  for  the  seventh  and  one  for  the 
eighth  grade.  To  distinguish  one  scale  from  the  other,  light  face  type  is 
used  for  the  eighth  grade  and  black  face  type  for  the  seventh  grade. 

The  scales  are  arranged  in  25  steps  or  columns  of  increasing  difficulty 
containing  from  one  to  several  exercises.  The  number  at  the  top  of 
the  page  denotes  the  grade  the  class  should  make  in  May.  Read  numbers 
from  left  to  right  for  eighth  grade,  from  right  to  left  for  the  seventh. 
The  exercises  in  one  column  are  all  approximately  of  equal  difficulty. 
In  giving  tests  from  the  scale,  from  4 to  10  exercises  selected  from 
one  step  should  be  used.  Instructions  for  giving  as  well  as  standards 
are  contained  in  the  scale.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or 
examiner. 

Publisher:  H.  H.  Hahn,  State  Normal  School,  Wayne,  Neb.  Also, 
Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  20  cents  each.  Three  or  more  copies,  16  cents  each.  Record 
sheets,  1 cent  each. 

Test  of  Information  in  American  History.  By  C.  L.  Harlan.  Published: 
May,  1917.  Purpose:  test  of  information.  Range:  grades  7 and  8 
and  high  school  United  States  history  classes.  Time  to  give:  not 
“time  limit”  test  but  most  pupils  finish  within  25  minutes.  Time 
to  score:  about  IV2  minutes.  Standardized:  end-of-year  standards. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  10  exercises.  From  2 to  5 facts  are  to 
be  given  under  each  exercise.  Directions  for  giving  and  a record  sheet 
for  scoring  are  available.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  80  cents  per  100.  Sample  sets,  6 cents. 

Stanford  Achievement  Test.  By  Truman  L.  Kelley,  G.  M.  Ruch,  and 
Lewis  M.  Terman.  See  Stanford  Achievement  Test  under  Miscel- 
laneous. 


56 


Indiana  University 


Kelley’s  Test  of  Historical  Ability.  By  Truman  L.  Kelley.  Published: 
1914.  Purpose:  to  measure  historical  ability.  Range:  no  informa- 
tion. Time  to  give:  20  minutes  of  working  time.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Standardized:  no  information. 

The  test  consists  of  a selection  adapted  from  pages  392-3,  402-4, 
Sedgwick’s  “A  Short  History  of  Italy”.  “None  of  the  pupils  showed 
evidence  of  familiarity  with  the  subject-matter.”  As  a background 
for  the  test,  the  examiner  drew  a map  of  Italy  on  the  blackboard  and 
located  the  important  provinces  and  cities.  In  addition,  a brief  descrip- 
tion was  given  of  the  leading  characters.  The  selection  was  then  read 
and  the  pupils  gave  points  that  were  of  historical  importance. 

The  test  is  given  in  “Educational  Guidance,  Columbia  University 
Contributions  to  Education,  No.  71”.  It  has  never  been  published  as 
a test  for  distribution. 

Boston  Research  Test  in  United  States  History.  By  Olivia  C.  Pen  ell. 
Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  United  States 
history.  Range:  grades  6,  7,  and  8.  Time  to  give:  29%  minutes 
for  grade  6;  39%  minutes  for  grade  7;  44%  minutes  for  grade  8. 
Time  to  score:  no  information.  Not  standardized. 

There  are  3 separate  tests.  The  test  for  grade  6 is  composed  of 
5 parts  as  follows:  (1)  Period  of  discovery  and  exploration,  (2)  Period 
of  settlement,  (3)  French  and  Indian  wars,  (4)  Patriotic  dates,  (5)  Late 
events.  Each  part  contains  several  questions.  The  questions  are  to 
be  answered  by  supplying  missing  words  or  by  making  a choice  from 
two  or  more  answers.  The  test  for  grade  7 contains  10  parts,  and  the 
test  for  grade  8,  15  parts.  They  are  similar  in  construction  and 
arrangement  to  the  test  for  grade  6.  The  tests  are  not  published  for 
general  distribution. 

Spokane  United  States  History  Test.  By  0.  C.  Pratt.  Published: 
January  9,  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  information  and 
knowledge  of  United  States  history.  Range:  grade  8 A.  Time  to 
give:  1 hour.  Time  to  score:  requires  2 minutes.  Standardized: 
close-of-year  standards. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  5 parts.  Each  part  is  composed  of  20 
exercises.  Part  1 is  composed  of  a list  of  historic  events  with  a list 
of  20  dates  written  in  a column  at  the  left  of  them.  The  dates  are 
not  in  proper  order.  The  pupil  is  to  write  the  dates  in  a space  at 
the  right  of  each  event  associated  with  it.  The  other  4 parts  are 
similar  in  arrangements  and  are  composed  of:  (2)  Event-names;  (3) 
Descriptive  phrases,  historic  terms;  (4)  Descriptive  phrases,  civic  terms; 
(5)  Cause-events.  Instructions  for  giving,  a key  for  scoring  as  well 
as  standards  are  available.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
tested. 

Publisher:  O.  C.  Pratt,  Superintendent  of  Schools,  Spokane,  Wash. 
Price:  $1.80  per  100. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  History 


57 


Tests  in  Understanding*  of  American  History,  Scale  of  Attainment  No. 
2.  By  L.  W.  Pressey  and  R.  C.  Richards.  Published:  1922.  Pur- 
pose: to  test  information  and  judgment.  Range:  grades  8 to  12. 
Time  to  give : 30  minutes.  Time  to  score : 2 minutes.  Standardized : 
to  be  standardized  for  end  of  year. 

This  is  a folder  containing  4 separate  tests,  of  26  exercises  each. 
Test  1 deals  with  “Character  judgment”;  Test  2, “Historical  vocabulary”; 
Test  3,  “Sequence  of  events”;  Test  4,  “Cause  and  effect  relations”.  In 
each  exercise  the  pupil  must  choose,  from  a group,  the  correct  word 
or  phrase  by  underlining  it.  First  exercise  of  each  test  is  already 
correctly  answered  in  order  to  serve  as  an  example  to  pupil.  One 
folder  is  needed  for  each  pupil. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  10  cents. 

A Scale  in  Ancient  History.  By  L.  W.  Sackett.  .Published:  1919. 
Purpose:  to  test  pupil’s  information  of  ancient  history.  Range: 
class  in  ancient  history.  Time  to  give:  45  minutes.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  8 tests:  (1)  Men-events,  (2)  Identifying 
prominent  leaders,  (3)  Giving  historical  significance  of  events,  (4) 
Identifying  the  participants  in  important  battles,  (5)  Events-dates, 
(6)  Contribution  to  civilization  by  10  different  peoples,  (7)  Identifying 
racial  stock  of  10  different  peoples,  (8)  Location  of  10  important 
geographical  points  in  ancient  history.  One  test  is  needed  for  each 
person  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price : no  information. 

A Scale  in  United  States  History.  By  L.  W.  Sackett.  Published:  1919. 
Purpose:  to  measure  the  attainments  of  pupils  in  United  States 
history.  Range:  grades  5 to  12.  Time  to  give:  no  information. 
Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information  as  to 
time  of  year  for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  7 tests,  as  follows:  (1)  Dates-events,  (2) 
Men-events,  (3)  Events-men,  (4)  Historical  terms,  (5)  Political  parties, 
(6)  Division  of  epochs  of  the  United  States,  (7)  Indicate  growth  of 
United  States  on  an  outline  map  (map  supplied).  One  test  is  needed 
for  each  pupil  tested. 

Publisher:  L.  W.  Sackett. 

Price:  no  information. 

American  History  Test,  Series  A.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  no 
information.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  pupil’s  information  of  Amer- 
ican history.  Range:  grades  6,  7,  and  8 and  high  school.  Time 
to  give:  not  “time  limit”  test.  Time  to  score:  no  information  given. 
Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  test  consists  of  61  mutilated  sentences.  When  the  blanks  are 
correctly  filled  each  sentence  makes  a complete  statement  concerning 


58 


Indiana  University 


some  fact  or  event  in  history.  The  number  of  blanks  filled  correctly 
is  the  score.  The  test  sheets  contain  instructions  for  giving  and  for 
scoring  as  well  as  standards.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
tested. 

Publisher:  University  Publishing  Co.,  508  State  St,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  2 cents  per  sheet. 

Theisen’s  General  History  Test.  By  Dr.  W.  W.  Theisen,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, Cambridge,  Mass. 

Diagnostic  Test  in  Modern  European  History.  By  C.  G.  Vannest.  Pub- 
lished: 1921.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range:  secondary  school.  Time 
to  give:  40  minutes.  Time  to  score:  15  minutes.  Standardized: 

tentative.  Time  of  year  for  which  standards  were  made  is  spring. 

There  are  5 different  tests:  (A)  “Time  test”,  (B)  “Place  test”,  (C) 
“Evaluation  of  facts”,  (D)  “Thought”,  (E)  “Information”.  For 
example,  Test  A is  composed  of  3 exercises.  Exercise  I contains  10 
personages  in  modern  European  history,  Exercise  II  contains  10  im- 
portant events,  and  Exercise  III  contains  7 main  historical  divisions. 
They  are  to  be  numbered  1,  2,  3,  etc.,  in  their  proper  chronological 
order.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Cooperative  Research,  Indiana  University, 
Bloomington,  Ind. 

Price:  3 cents  per  copy. 

Van  Wagenen  American  History  Scales.  By  J.  M.  Van  Wagenen. 
Published:  1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  information,  thought,  and 
character- judging.  Range:  grades  4 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no  in- 
formation. Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  in- 
formation. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  3 tests:  information  (Scale  A and  Scale 
B)  ; thought  (Scales  A and  B)  ; character- judging  (Scales  A,  B,  and 
L).  The  information  test  consists  of  34  questions  in  either  of  the  2 
scales,  some  of  which  have  several  parts.  The  thought  test  is  made 
up  of  22  questions  in  either  scale,  designed  to  measure  the  pupil’s  ability 
to  think.  The  character- judging  test  is  made  up  of  15  questions  in 
Scale  A,  14  in  Scale  B,  and  10  in  Scale  L,  which  involve  a principle 
illustrating  traits  of  character.  One  scale  of  each  kind  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Scales  A and  B are  equivalent,  and  Scale  L 
is  a supplementary  character- judging  scale.  One  scale  of  each  kind 
is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  $1.25  per  100  for  each  information,  thought,  and  character- 
judging  scales.  Sample  sets  including  one  copy  of  each  of  the  7 scales, 
15  cents  postpaid,  for  examiner.  One  copy  of  “Historical  Information 
and  Judgment  of  Elementary  School  Pupils”,  by  J.  M.  Van  Wagenen 
(includes  description  of  the  derivation  of  the  scale),  $1.75  in  cloth,  $1.20 
in  paper. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Home  Economics 


59 


HOME  ECONOMICS 

Vitamines.  By  Katharine  Blunt  and  Clu  Che  Wang. 

A brief  pamphlet  on  vitamines  with  bibliography. 

Publisher:  University  of  Chicago  Bookstore,  5802  Ellis  Ave.,  Chi- 
cago, 111. 

Price:  15  cents  each. 

The  Bowman  and  Trilling  Information  and  Reasoning  Test  in  Textiles 
and  Clothing.  Published:  1920.  Range:  high  school.  Time  to  give: 
no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Not  standardized. 
This  test  is  not  for  sale.  Reference:  “Home  Economics  in  American 
Schools’’,  Department  of  Education,  University  of  Chicago,  Chicago, 
111. 

Goodspeed-Dodge’s  Home  Economics  Test.  By  Helen  Goodspeed  and 
Bernice  Dodge.  Published:  no  information.  Purpose:  to  measure 
judgment  in  home  economics.  Range:  secondary  schools.  Time  to 
give:  2%  minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  no  in- 
formation. 

The  test  is  composed  of  16  exercises.  Each  exercise  is  made  up 
of  a statement  with  3 reasons,  all  of  which  are  true.  One  reason  is 
more  important  than  the  others.  The  pupil  is  to  place  a cross  in  the 
little  square  before  the  reason  which  is  of  most  importance.  One  test 
is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  The  Parker  Co.,  Madison,  Wis.,  or  State  Department 
of  Public  Instruction,  Madison,  Wis. 

Price : 5 cents  each,  or  75  cents  per*  100. 

Preliminary  Judgment  Test  in  Home-making.  By  Helen  C.  Goodspeed. 
Published:  1920.  Purpose:  “to  assist  in  teacher  training”.  Range: 
grades  8 or  9.  Time  to  give:  234  minutes.  Time  to  score:  no  infor- 
mation. Not  standardized. 

The  test  is  composed  of  16  questions  or  statements.  For  each  state- 
ment 3 reasons  are  given,  all  of  which  are  true,  but  one  is  the  essential 
or  most  important  reason.  The  pupils  are  to  check  the  most  important 
reason.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  The  Parker  Co.,  Madison,  Wis. 

Price:  no  information. 

A Measuring  Scale  in  Foods.  By  Florance  B.  King.  Published:  1922. 
Purpose:  to  aid  in  standardizing  subject-matter,  in  classification  of 
pupils,  and  in  objectifying  grading.  Range:  junior-senior  high 
schools.  Time  to  give:  not  yet  decided  upon.  Time  to  score:  not 
yet  determined.  Standardized:  in  the  process  of  standardization. 
The  scale  is  made  up  of  78  exercises  divided  into  3 parts.  “The 
design  of  the  test  is  a simple  checking  test,  wi'.h  the  method  of  right 
or  wrong  scoring,  covering  material  involving  ‘nformation  and  judg- 
ment.” The  test  was  given  to  100  junior  and  senior  high  school  pupils 
and  the  exercises  arranged  in  order  of  increasing  difficulty  to  that 
particular  group.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 


60 


Indiana  University 


Publisher:  Bureau  of  Cooperative  Research,  Indiana  University, 
Bloomington,  Ind. 

Price:  Preliminary  form  only  has  been  printed.  Not  yet  ready 
for  general  distribution. 

Murdoch’s  Sewing  Scale.  By  Katharine  Murdoch.  Published:  1919; 
Manual  of  Directions,  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  progress 
in  sewing.  Range:  grades  2 to  12.  Time  to  give:  no  information. 
Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  15  sewing  samples  arranged  in  the  order 
of  merit.  The  values  range  from  0 to  16.4.  The  author  describes  the 
scale  as  follows : “Each  contains  three  views  of  the  same  sewing  sampler. 
One  view  gives  the  full-size  view,  sewing  a hem,  a seam,  hemming, 
basting,  running,  backstitching,  overcasting,  and  combination  stitch. 
A second  view  shows  the  reverse  side  of  the  seam,  and  of  the  over- 
casting, basting,  and  backstitching.  A third  view  shows  the  reverse  side 
of  the  hem,  of  the  hemming  stitch,  basting,  running,  and  combination 
stitch.  The  numerical  value  for  each  entire  sampler  is  printed  on  it.” 
A sample  may  be  measured  by  comparing  it  with  the  views  in  the  scale. 
One  copy  of  the  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  $1  each,  postpaid. 

Murdoch  Analytic  Sewing  Scale  for  Separate  Stitches.  By  Katharine 
Murdoch.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  primarily  for  pupils  to  use 
in  measuring  their  own  work.  Range:  no  information.  Time  to 
give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized. 
Norms  for  the  Murdoch  Sewing  Scale  may  also  be  applied  to  this 
scale. 

The  scale  is  to  be  used  as  a supplement  to  the  “Murdoch  Sewing 
Scale”.  “It  is  a means  of  measuring  separately  the  fine  sewing  stitches : 
running,  backstitch,  overcasting,  combination,  and  hemming;  and  is 
in  convenient  form  to  handle.  Accompanying  each  copy  of  the  scale 
are  directions  to  the  teacher  and  directions  to  pupils.” 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  no  information. 

Food  Stencils.  By  Lydia  Roberts. 

The  food  stencils  are  to  be  colored,  cut  out  and  used  for  teaching 
food  values.  They  are  not  tests  but  teaching  devices. 

Publisher:  University  of  Chicago  Bookstore,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  50  cents  per  set. 

Chart  for  Diagnosing  Defects  in  Buttonholes.  By  Hazel  K.  Stiebeling 
and  Dean  A.  Worcester.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  diagnostic. 
Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to 
score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information. 

The  chart  is  made  up  of  8 qualities  designed  to  aid  teachers  in 
instruction  as  well  as  to  set  up  an  objective  standard  by  which  pupils 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Journalism 


61 


may  discover  the  good  and  poor  qualities  of  their  own  work.  Each 
specimen  has  comments  printed  at  the  right  which  call  attention  to  the 
strong  and  weak  points.  One  chart  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or 
class. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Educational  Measurements  and  Standards, 
Kansas  State  Normal  School,  Emporia,  Kan. 

Price:  17  cents  postpaid.  Three  or  more  copies,  15  cents  each. 

Home  Economics  Information  Test.  By  students  in  Teachers  College, 
Columbia  University,  New  York  City.  Published:  no  information. 
Purpose:  information  test.  Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give: 
30  to  60  minutes  (each  set).  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized: 
no  information. 

There  are  3 sets  of  tests:  (1)  Textiles,  (2)  Foods,  (3)  Household 
management.  Each  set  is  composed  of  tests  having  different  values. 
The  sets  are  similar  in  construction.  The  exercises  of  each  test  are 
made  up  of  statements  with  3 possible  answers,  one  of  which  is  correct. 
The  pupil  is  to  underscore  the  correct  answer.  One  series  of  the  test 
is  needed  for  each  pupil  tested.  Directions  for  giving  as  well  as  a key 
for  scoring  are  available. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  35  cents  per  set. 

The  Williams  and  Knapp  Scale  for  Measuring  Skill  in  Machine  Sewing. 
Published:  1920.  Range:  elementary  and  high  school.  Time  to 
give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Not  stand- 
ardized. 

This  test  has  never  been  printed  for  distribution.  It  has  been  dis- 
cussed in  the  monograph  “Home  Economics  in  American  Schools”, 
Department  of  Education,  University  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111.,  but  has 
never  been  revised  or  made  ready  for  general  distribution. 


JOURNALISM 

Freyd’s  Test  of  Journalistic  Ability.  By  Max  Freyd.  Published:  1920. 
Purpose:  to  measure  a pupil’s  ability  for  journalism.  Range:  first- 
year  college.  Time  to  give:  1%  to  5 minutes  each.  Time  to  score: 
few  minutes.  Standardized:  tentatively.  Any  time  during  first 
year  of  journalism  course  in  college. 

This  is  a series  of  9 tests,  each  consisting  of  exercises  or  problems 
to  be  answered.  A time  limit  is  placed  on  each  test.  The  tests  cover 
the  most  essential  phases  of  journalism.  For  example,  test  one  gives 
a number  of  statements  concerning  a fire  in  a city.  The  student  is 
to  pick  out  the  most  important  statements  in  the  test  for  a story  for 
a newspaper  in  the  city  where  the  fire  occurred.  One  series  of  tests 
is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  giving  and  scoring 
are  available. 


62 


Indiana  University 


Publisher:  Professor  Max  Freyd,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa. 

Price:  the  test  is  out  of  print. 

Freyd’s  Test  of  Journalistic  Aptitude.  By  Dr.  Max  Freyd,  Department 
of  Psychology,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  Pub- 
lished: 1920.  Range:  first  year  of  college.  Time  to  give:  about 
45  minutes.  Time  to  score:  4 to  5 minutes.  Not  standardized. 
Out  of  print  and  no  information  available. 


KINDERGARTEN 

Scale  for  Judging  Kindergarten  Drawing.  By  Florence  Williams.  Pub- 
lished: 1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  to  draw.  Range:  kinder- 
garten and  grade  1.  Time  to  give:  not  “time  limit”  test.  Time 
to  score:  variable.  Standardized:  any  time  of  year. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  5 specimens  of  drawing.  The  pupils  were 
asked  to  draw  turkeys  at  Thanksgiving  time.  They  were  given  definite 
directions  for  a period  of  time.  One  week  later  they  were  asked  to 
draw  a turkey.  From  206  drawings  the  scale  was  made.  Two  of  the 
specimens  are  not  recognizable  as  turkeys.  The  scale  may  be  used 
in  judging  other  bird  forms  or  animal  forms.  One  scale  is  needed  for 
each  teacher. 

Publishers:  Department  of  Art  Education,  School  of  Education, 
Chicago  University,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  5 cents  each. 


LANGUAGE 

Boston  Test  in  Accurate  Copying.  By  Boston  Public  Schools.  Published: 
1916.  Purpose:  to  determine  ability  to  copy  printed  matter.  Range: 
eighth  grade.  Time  to  give:  15  minutes.  Time  to  score:  no  infor- 
mation. Average  errors  per  pupil  are  given.  Standardized:  June 
scores. 

The  test  consists  of  a selection  to  be  copied  by  the  pupils.  The 
pupils  should  be  unfamiliar  with  the  selection.  The  following  errors 
were  to  be  noted:  spelling,  capitalization,  punctuation,  undotted  “i’s”, 
uncrossed  “t’s”,  omitted  words,  wrong  words  used,  and  misplaced  words. 
Out  of  print. 

Charters’  Diagnostic  Language  Tests.  By  W.  W.  Charters.  Published: 
1918;  revised,  1922.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range:  grades  2 to  12. 
Time  to  give:  not  “time  limit”  test.  Time  to  score:  2 minutes 
each  test.  Standardized:  mid-year  standards. 

There  are  5 separate  tests:  Miscellaneous  A and  B,  Verbs  A and 
B,  and  Pronouns.  All  are  similar  in  construction.  Each  contains  40 
sentences,  some  correct,  some  incorrect.  If  the  sentence  is  correct,  a 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Language 


63 


cross  is  to  be  made  on  the  dotted  line  below  it;  if  incorrect,  the  correct 
word  is  to  be  written  under  the  incorrect  word.  One  test  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  to  be  tested.  A key  for  scoring  tentative  standards  as 
well  as  directions  for  giving  are  furnished  with  the  tests. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  80  cents  per  100  each  part.  Sample  sets,  10  cents. 

Charters’  Diagnostic  Language  and  Grammar  Tests.  By  W.  W.  Charters. 
Published:  in  its  present  form,  1922.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range: 
grades  7 and  8.  Time  to  give : not  “time  limit”  test.  Time  to  score : 
no  information.  Standardized:  May  scores. 

The  test  is  composed  of  questions  on  the  Use  of  verbs  and  pronouns. 
Sentences  are  given,  some  of  which  are  correct,  others  incorrect.  If 
the  sentence  is  correct,  a cross  is  to  be  made  under  it;  if  it  is  incorrect, 
the  incorrect  word  is  corrected  by  writing  the  correct  word  under  it. 
The  reason  for  the  correction  is  to  be  written  at  the  right  of  the  sentence 
in  a space  left  for  that  purpose.  A miscellaneous  test  is  devised  which 
gives  exercises  in  many  different  phases  of  sentence  construction.  One 
test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  $1.50  per  100.  Sample  sets,  10  cents. 

Green’s  Organization  Tests:  Forms  A and  B.  Harry  A.  Green.  Pub- 
lished: 1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  certain  phases  of  linguistic 
organization  in  sentences.  Range:  grades  3 to  12.  Time  to  give: 
5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  no  information 
as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  2 equivalent  forms,  A and  B.  Each  form 
is  composed  of  10  exercises  arranged  in  ascending  order  of  difficulty 
with  values  ranging  from  .03  to  6.4.  Each  exercise  consists  of  groups 
of  words  to  be  arranged  into  sentences.  The  groups  are  numbered. 
The  pupils  are  to  arrange  the  numbers  in  the  order  in  which  they 
appear  when  the  sentences  are  in  correct  order.  One  test  is  needed 
for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Harry  A.  Green,  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 
Price:  no  information. 

Completion  Exercises,  Alpha  and  Beta.  By  Truman  L.  Kelley.  Pub- 
lished: 1917.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  to  complete  sentences. 
Range:  grades  2 to  12.  Also  college  graduates.  Time  to  give: 
varies  from  20  minutes  to  % hour.  Time  to  score:  no  information. 
Standardized : no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards 
are  made. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  2 equivalent  exercises,  Alpha  and  Beta. 
Each  exercise  is  composed  of  40  mutilated  sentences  to  be  completed. 
One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  New  York  City. 
Price:  75  cents.  The  manual  for  this  scale  is  Trabue’s  “Key  for 
Completion-Test  Language  Scales”,  1922  edition. 


64 


Indiana  University 


Thompson’s  Minimum  Essentials  in  Language.  By  Thomas  E.  Thompson. 
Published:  1912.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  accuracy  and  to 
furnish  drill  in  the  use  of  language.  Primarily  for  drill  on  essen- 
tials. Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time 
to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no. 

There  are  over  40  different  tests.  They  are  devices  for  teaching  as 
well  as  tests.  The  odd-numbered  sheets  contain  quick,  oral  drill  exercises. 
The  even-numbered  sheets  contain  quick,  written  tests  made  by  re- 
arranging the  material  used  in  the  oral  drill  exercises.  One  set  of 
tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil. 

Publisher:  Ginn  and  Co.,  2301  Prairie  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  44  cents  per  100,  $1.60  per  500. 

Trabue-Kelley  Completion  Exercises,  Alpha  and  Beta.  By  M.  R.  Trabue 
and  T.  L.  Kelley.  Described  under  Trabue’s  Completion  Tests 
(Language) . 

Completion-Test  Language  Scales.  By  M.  R.  Trabue.  Published:  1919. 
Purpose:  to  measure  the  language  ability  of  an  individual,  a class, 
or  a group.  Range:  grades  2 to  12.  Time  to  give:  5 to  7 minutes 
each.  Time  to  score:  brief.  Standardized:  mid-year  scores.  Com- 
parative scores  for  all  grades  are  given. 

The  scales  are  made  up  of  11  tests:  Scales  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  J,  K, 
L,  M,  and  Alpha  and  Beta.  Scales  B,  C,  D,  E,  F are  equivalent  and 
may  be  used  in  grades  2 to  12.  “If  time  is  limited,  Scales  D and  E should 
be  used  as  a test,  and  Scales  B and  C to  measure  improvement.”  Scales 
J and  K are  equivalent  and  are  intended  primarily  to  measure  adults 
and  high  school  classes.  Scales  L and  M are  equivalent  and  are  es- 
pecially adapted  to  high  school  use. 

Scales  Alpha  and  Beta  are  equivalent  and  are  composed  of  40 
sentences,  each  selected  from  the  above  scales.  They  are  often  used 
to  test  the  language  ability  of  individuals.  One  copy  of  each  scale 
to  be  used  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  Scales  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  J,  K,  L,  each  50  cents  per  100; 
Scales  Alpha  and  Beta  each,  $1.25  per  100.  Sample  sets  of  each  scale, 
10  cents,  postpaid.  Key  containing  all  scoring  devices  for  all  scales, 
90  cents.  Key  for  scales  Alpha  and  Beta,  20  cents.  One  record  sheet 
for  each  50  pupils,  3 cents. 

Wilson  Language  Error  Test.  By  Professor  G.  M.  Wilson,  School  of 
Education,  Boston  University,  Boston,  Mass.  Published:  1923. 
Range:  grades  3 to  12.  Purpose:  attempts  to  measure  pupil’s  abil- 
ity to  detect  common  language  errors.  Time  to  give:  5 to  15  min- 
utes. Time  to  score:  about  2 minutes  each.  Standardized:  May 
standards. 

This  is  a group  test  which  may  be  used  to  test  at  the  same  time  as 
many  pupils  as  can  be  assembled  in  a room.  It  consists  of  3 short 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Latin 


65 


stories,  each  containing  28  language  errors  which  research  studies  have 
shown  to  be  the  most  common  errors.  The  story  form  eliminates  the 
artificiality  of  the  common  type  of  test  (in  which  both  the  error  and 
its  correct  form  are  given)  and  also  introduces  the  element  of  interest. 
The  correcting  of  a story  is  done  by  the  pupil  just  as  tho  he  were  cor- 
recting the  first  draft  of  his  own  composition.  He  crosses  out  the  incor- 
rect words  or  phrases  and  writes  in  the  correct  ones. 

Publisher:  Professor  G.  M.  Wilson,  School  of  Education,  Boston 
University,  Boston,  Mass.;  also  World  Book  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  specimen  set,  15  cents;  package  of  25,  $1.25. 


LATIN 

Brown’s  Latin  Tests.  By  H.  A.  Brown.  Published:  1915.  Purpose: 
to  measure  efficiency  in  Latin.  Range:  grades  9 to  12.  Time  to 
give:  30  minutes.  Time  to  score:  30  seconds.  Standardized:  June 
scores. 

There  are  5 separate  tests:  (1,2)  Latin  sentence  Tests  A and  B, 
(3)  Latin  grammar  test,  (4)  Connected  Latin  test,  (5)  Vocabulary 
test.  Sentence  Test  A is  composed  of  30  sentences,  and  Test  B is 
composed  of  20  sentences.  The  sentences  are  weighted,  and  the  value 
of  each  is  written  at  the  left  of  the  sentence.  The  pupil  is  directed 
to  translate  as  many  sentences  as  he  can.  If  only  a part  can  be 
translated,  that  part  is  to  be  written.  The  grammar  test  is  composed 
of  20  exercises.  The  pupil  is  to  give  the  name  of  the  constructions  of 
the  Latin  words  in  Italics,  also  the  reason  for  the  use  of  the  construction 
and  the  rule  governing  it.  The  connected  Latin  test  is  composed  of  an 
episode  from  Caesar’s  Gallic  War  to  be  translated.  The  vocabulary 
test  consists  of  50  words.  One  test  of  each  used  is  needed  for  each  pupil 
to  be  tested.  Instructions  are  printed  on  the  tests. 

Publisher:  The  Parker  Co.,  Madison,  Wis. 

Price:  Latin  grammar  test,  75  cents  per  100;  Latin  vocabulary  test, 
75  cents  per  100;  Latin  sentence  Test  A,  $1.25  per  100;  Latin  sentence 
Test  B,  $1.25  per  100;  Latin  connected  test,  $1.25  per  100. 

Carr’s  English  Vocabulary  Test,  Form  C.  By  W.  L.  Carr,  Oberlin  Col- 
lege, Oberlin,  Ohio.  This  test  is  listed  under  Reading. 

Godsey  Diagnostic  Latin  Composition  Test,  Forms  1 and  2.  By  Edith 
Godsey.  Published:  Form  1,  May,  1922;  Form  2,  April,  1923. 
Range:  second  to  eighth  semester  of  high  school  Latin.  Time  to 
give:  30  minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  tentative 
norms  have  been  established  for  Form  1,  and  Form  2 has  been 
equated  with  Form  1.  Standardized  in  May  and  June  for  pupils 
completing  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8 semesters. 

The  test  is  composed  of  3 sections  of  exercises,  each  with  rules 
governing  each  correction.  Each  English  sentence  has  a Latin  sentence 
under  it,  which  is  a correct  translation,  except  that  it  contains  a phrase 
expressed  in  4 ways,  one  of  which  is  correct.  A line  is  to  be  drawn 


5—26069 


66 


Indiana  University 


under  the  phrase  that  is  correct.  At  the  right  of  the  exercise  are  4 
numbers  referring  to  the  4 rules  given  below.  The  pupil  is  to  draw 
a circle  around  the  number  corresponding  to  the  number  of  the  rule 
that  governs  the  correction.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
tested.  Directions  for  use  are  available. 

Publishers:  W.  L.  Carr,  Oberlin  College,  Oberlin,  Ohio,  or  American 
Classical  League,  care  Dr.  Mason  D.  Gray,  East  High  School,  Rochester, 
N.Y. 

Price:  100  tests,  including  directions,  $1. 

Hanus’  Latin  Tests.  Paul  H.  Hanus.  Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to 
measure  the  growth  of  power  in  3 elements  of  Latin — vocabulary, 
translation,  and  grammar.  Range:  grades  9 to  12.  Time  to  give: 
30  to  40  minutes.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Not  standardized. 
There  are  3 tests : vocabulary,  translation,  and  grammar.  The 
vocabulary  test  is  made  up  of  3 parts.  Each  consists  of  50  Latin  words. 
The  translation  test  consists  of  10  Latin  sentences  to  be  translated  into 
English.  The  grammar  test  consists  of  5 nouns  and  5 verbs.  The 
pupil  is  to  give  the  case  and  verb  forms  and  reasons  for  using  them. 
The  tests  are  printed  only  in  Hanus’  “School  Administration  and  School 
Reports”,  published  by  Houghton  Mifflin  Co. 

Henmon’s  Latin  Tests.  By  V.  A.  C.  Henmon.  Published:  1917.  Pur- 
pose: to  measure  ability  in  vocabulary  and  sentence  construction. 
Range:  for  the  four  years  of  high  school  work.  Time  to  give:  8 
minutes  for  vocabulary,  12  minutes  for  sentence  tests.  Time  to 
score:  4 to  5 minutes.  Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  vocabulary  and  sentence  tests.  There 
are  5 vocabulary  tests:  A,  B,  C,  D,  and  X.  Tests  A,  B,  C,  and  D are 
composed  of  50  words  each.  Each  word  is  weighted,  values  ranging 
from  .4  to  4.7.  Test  X is  composed  of  25  words  of  equal  value.  It 
is  designed  for  research  purposes  and  surveys.  Of  the  4 sentence  tests 
now  used,  1 and  2 are  of  equal  difficulty,  and  are  suited  for  all  4 years. 
Sentence  test  3 is  too  difficult  to  be  satisfactory  except  in  the  third  and 
fourth  years.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  tested.  Instructions 
for  giving  and  scoring,  as  well  as  standards,  are  available. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  Tests  1,  2,  3,  4,  and  X,  per  package  of  25  of  any  one  test, 
including  1 instruction  and  2 record  sheets  and  standard  scores,  50' 
cents  net.  Sample  set,  1 of  each  of  the  5 tests,  1 direction  and  1 record 
sheet,  10  cents. 

Kansas  Derivative  Latin  Tests.  By  W.  L.  Holtz  and  Edith  Godsey. 
Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  transference  of  training, 
effect  of  study  of  Latin  upon  knowledge  of  English.  Range:  high 
school.  Time  to  give:  3 to  25  minutes  for  different  sets.  Time 
to  score:  1 to  5 minutes.  Standardized:  first  tests  at  the  end  of 
the  first  semester  of  Latin;  second  tests,  end  of  second  year  of 
Latin. 

There  are  4 separate  tests:  A;  B,  Form  1;  C,  Form  1;  D,  Form  1. 
Tests  A and  B are  Latin  derivative  tests.  Test  A is  made  up  of  5 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Latin 


67 


Latin  verbs.  The  pupil  is  to  write,  in  the  space  below  each,  all  the 
derivations  he  can.  Prefixes  may  be  used.  Test  B,  Form  1,  consists  of 
20  English  words  and  50  Latin  words.  Each  English  word  is  derived 
from  some  Latin  word  in  the  list.  The  pupil  is  to  find  the  Latin  word 
and  give  it  the  same  number  as  its  English  derivative.  Tests  C and 
D are  Latin  teaching  tests  and  may  be  used  with  both  Latin  and  non- 
Latin  students.  Test  C is  made  up  of  20  English  words  to  be  defined 
and  used  in  sentences.  Test  B is  made  up  of  50  English  words,  some 
of  which  are  spelled  incorrectly.  The  pupil  is  to  make  any  correction 
that  should  be  made.  Directions  for  giving  are  printed  on  the  tests. 
One  set  of  tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil  tested. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Educational  Measurements  and  Standards, 
Kansas  State  Normal  School,  Emporia,  Kan. 

Price:  50  cents  per  100. 

Lohr-Latshaw  Latin  Form  Test.  Published:  November,  1918,  in  High 
School  Journal,  Chapel  Hill,  N.C.  Range:  high  school  Latin  classes. 
Time  to  give:  not  “time  limit”  test.  Probably  requires  about  15 
minutes  for  pupil  to  complete  as  much  of  the  test  as  he  can.  Time 
to  score:  about  1 test  per  minute.  Standardized:  no  information. 
Publisher:  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill,  N.C. 

Price:  Probably  60  cents  when  available  for  general  distribution. 

Pressey  Test  in  Latin  Syntax.  By  L.  W.  Pressey.  Published:  1922. 
Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range:  second  to  eighth  semesters  of  high 
school.  Time  to  give:  15  minutes.  Time  to  score:  2 minutes  with 
stencil.  Standardized:  May  and  June  scores. 

The  test  is  composed  of  33  exercises.  Each  exercise  contains  an 
English  sentence  and  4 Latin  translations,  3 of  which  are  incorrect.  The 
pupil  is  to  underline  the  Latin  sentence  that  is  correct.  Complete  direc- 
tions for  giving  and  scoring  with  suggestive  remedial  measures  are 
I available.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Dr.  Mason  D.  Gray,  East  High  School,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
i Soon  to  be  republished  by  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington, 
111. 

Price:  $1  per  100. 

Starch’s  Latin  Tests.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  1916.  Purpose: 
to  measure  pupil’s  Latin  vocabulary  and  ability  to  read  and  translate 
Latin  sentences.  Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  no  in- 
formation. Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  in- 
formation as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  a vocabulary  test  and  a reading  test. 
The  vocabulary  test  is  composed  of  two  sets  of  100  words  each.  The 
reading  “test  is  composed  of  a series  of  sentences  arranged  approxi- 
mately in  the  order  of  difficulty.”  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to 
be  tested. 

Publisher:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  Madison,  Wis. 

Price:  out  of  print. 


68 


Indiana  University 


Starch- Watters’  Latin  Test  (same  as  Starch’s  Latin  Test).  By  Daniel 
Starch  and  J.  M.  Watters.  Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure 
pupil’s  ability  in  Latin  vocabulary  and  translation.  Range:  first, 
second,  third,  and  fourth  years  in  Latin.  Time  to  give:  45  minutes. 
Time  to  score:  5 to  10  minutes.  Standardized:  tentatively,  June 
standards. 

The  Latin  Test,  Series  A,  is  made  up  of  a vocabulary  test  and  a 
translation  test  for  each  of  the  4 years  of  high  school.  The  vocabulary 
test  is  composed  of  100  words  selected  by  choosing  every  twelfth  word 
from  Lodge’s  “The  Vocabulary  of  High  School  Latin”.  Space  is  left 
at  the  right  of  each  word  for  the  pupil  to  write  the  meaning.  The 
translation  tests  were  made  by  selecting  sentences  at  regular  intervals 
from  texts  for  each  year.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  tested. 
Standards  and  directions  for  use  are  printed  on  the  tests. 

Publisher:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  2 cents  per  sheet. 

Tyler-Pressey  Test  in  Latin  Verb  Forms.  By  Caroline  Tyler  and  S.  L. 
Pressey.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range:  at  the 
end  of  any  semester  of  Latin.  Time  to  give:  15  minutes.  Time  to 
score:  2 minutes  with  stencil.  Standardized:  January  and  June 
scores. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  32  Latin  verb  forms.  Each  verb  is  followed 
by  4 translations,  3 of  which  are  incorrect.  The  pupil  is  to  underline 
the  one  he  thinks  is  correct.  A stencil  has  been  provided  for  scoring 
the  tests.  When  the  stencil  is  placed  on  the  test  only  the  correct  forms 
appear  thru  the  perforations.  Directions  for  giving  are  printed  on  the 
tests.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Dr.  Mason  D.  Gray,  East  High  School,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
Soon  to  be  published  by  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 
Price:  $1  per  100. 

Ullman-Kirby  Latin  Composition  Test.  By  B.  L.  Ullman  and  T.  J. 
Kirby.  Published:  February,  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  compre- 
hension in  Latin.  Range:  all  high  school  pupils  after  the  end  of 
the  second  semester’s  work.  Time  to  give:  30  minutes.  Time  to 
score:  about  1 hour  for  30  pupils.  Standardized:  mid-year  scores. 
The  test  is  composed  of  10  paragraphs  with  questions  on  each. 
Pupils  are  permitted  to  read  a paragraph  as  many  times  as  they  desire, 
while  answering  the  questions.  If  all  papers  are  not  in  at  the  end 
of  30  minutes  they  should  be  taken  up  by  the  examiner.  The  test  may  be 
given  at  the  end  of  each  semester  after  the  second.  One  test  is  needed 
by  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Educational  Reference  and  Research,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

Price:  100  tests  containing  complete  directions,  $1. 

Wentworth’s  Latin  Test.  By  Mary  M.  Wentworth.  Published:  October, 
1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  remember  Latin  words 
and  associate  them  with  English  derivatives.  Range:  secondary 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Mathematics 


69 


schools,  grades  9 and  10.  Time  to  give:  Test  I,  2V2  minutes; 
Test  II,  5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  about  15  minutes.  Standardized: 
November  scores. 

There  are  2 separate  tests.  Test  1 is  composed  of  100  English  words, 
some  of  which  are  derived  from  Latin  and  some  are  not.  The  words 
are  selected  in  such  a way  that  pupils  must  decide  from  the  meaning 
rather  than  from  the  spelling  whether  or  not  they  are  derived  from 
Latin.  The  words  “yes”  an(j  “no”  are  written  after  each  word.  The 
pupil  answers  by  underlining  “yes”  after  all  Latin  derivatives.  Test  2 
is  a vocabulary  test.  One  hundred  English  words  are  given.  Space 
is  left  at  the  right  for  its  Latin  equivalent.  The  pupil  is  to  write 
the  Latin  equivalent.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Standards  and  directions  for  giving  and  scoring  are  available. 

Publisher:  Division  of  Educational  Research,  City  School  District, 
Los  Angeles,  Calif. 

Price:  not  for  sale.  Apply  to  publisher.  This  test  is  in  process 
of  revision. 


MATHEMATICS 

Rogers’  Test  for  Diagnosing  Mathematical  Ability.  By  Agnes  L.  Rogers. 

Published:  no  information.  Purpose:  diagnostic.  Range:  grade  9. 

Time  to  give : about  1 14  hours.  Time  to  score : no  information. 

Standardized:  no  information  as  to  time  for  which  standards  are 

made. 

There  are  6 tests  as  follows:  (1)  Superposition,  (2)  Algebra  compu- 
tation, (3)  Interpolation,  (4)  Geometry,  (5)  Mixed  relations,  (6)  Trabue 
language  completion  Scales  J and  L.  “The  tests  are  of  such  a nature 
as  to  enable  a teacher  to  form  an  adequate  estimate  of  the  pupil’s 
mathematical  capacity  and  the  likelihood  of  success  in  future  mathe- 
matical work.  They  measure  original  ability  rather  than  the  effect  of 
training.”  One  set  of  tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  $9  per  100;  sample  copy,  10  cents.  Examiner’s  manual,  65 
cents. 


MISCELLANEOUS 

Chapman’s  Classroom  Products  Survey  Tests.  By  J.  C.  Chapman, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.  Published:  in  experimental  form,  1921.  Range: 
grades  5 to  8.  Time  to  give:  85  to  90  minutes.  Time  to  score:  2 
minutes.  Standardized:  in  percentiles,  mid-year. 

This  concise  test  affords  means  of  measuring  achievement  in  4 
(factors,  by  which  the  success  of  elementary  education  can  be  gauged, 
namely:  the  fundamental  processes  in  integers,  fractions,  and  decimals; 
Application  of  those  fundamentals  to  quantitative  situations  in  life;  read- 


70 


Indiana  University 


ing  with  understanding,  as  the  reading  progresses;  and  studying  a 
selection  with  a view  to  answering  questions  concerning  its  content. 

Publisher:  J.  B.  Lippincott  Co.,  Washington  Square,  Philadelphia, 
Pa. 

Price:  100  copies  of  tests  complete  with  norms  and  directions  to 
teachers  and  individual  record  blanks,  1 key  sheet  (no  other  material 
required),  $3.50. 

Courtis  Standard  Research  Tests:  Series  X,  Control.  By  S.  A.  Courtis. 
Published:  no  information.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  to  follow 
directions.  Range:  elementary,  secondary,  and  college.  Time  to 
give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standard- 
ized: no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  are 
made. 

The  test  is  composed  of  49  problems  to  be  solved.  The  problems 
are  simple  if  the  directions  are  understood.  They  are  to  be  solved  in 
order  as  numbered.  The  problems  are  not  numbered  in  the  ordinary 
way  but  diagonally  across  the  page,  beginning  in  the  lower  left-hand 
corner  and  finishing  in  the  right-hand  corner. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  out  of  print. 

The  Guhin  Auto-Flash  Card  Machine.  By  M.  M.  Guhin.  Published: 
no  information.  Purpose:  in  primary  grades  it  can  be  used  to  help 
children  gain  automatic  control  over  the  fundamental  processes 
and  forms  on  which  nearly  all  primary  work  is  based.  In  inter- 
mediate and  grammar  grades  it  can  be  used  to  fix  permanently  in 
mind,  independent  of  the  associative  process,  a few  scores  of  facts 
in  history,  civics,  geography,  etc.,  which  serve  as  a nucleus  of  ever- 
increasing  knowledge,  and  develop  the  child’s  consciousness  of  power. 
In  Americanization  evening  schools  for  adults,  the  Auto-Flash  Card 
Machine  enables  the  teacher  to  give  drill  exercises  on  sounds,  phono- 
grams, difficult  constructions,  facts  in  history,  civics,  etc.,  in  an 
interesting,  entertaining  way,  thus  eliminating  “drill  for  drill’s 
sake”,  which  is  especially  trying  to  adults. 

The  process  or  drill  fact  to  be  mastered  is  printed  in  large  display 
type  on  a card.  Approximately  50  cards  constitute  a set.  Invariably  a 
score  or  more  of  the  drill  facts  are  so  easy  that  a beginning  class  can 
easily  master  them,  e.g.,  the  “zero  and  1”  combinations  in  either  addi- 
tion or  multiplication.  The  cards  on  which  drill  facts  are  printed  are 
placed  on  the  machine,  which  automatically  drops  the  cards  in  regular 
order.  One  card  at  a time  is  added  to  the  drill  as  the  drill  fact  involved 
is  presented  until  all  the  processes  or  facts  included  in  a set  are  mastered. 

The  machine  holds  each  card  before  the  child  or  class  for  a period 
of  from  1 to  3 seconds.  The  card  then  drops  and  another  takes  its  place. 
The  child,  or  the  class,  calls  the  answer  to  each  card  while  exposed  to 
view. 

The  following  sets  are  already  prepared:  (1)  Number  Combinations, 
(2)  Step  II  Addition,  (3)  Language  Cards,  (4)  Civics  Cards,  (5)  His- 
tory Cards,  (6)  Blank  Cards. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Miscellaneous 


71 


Publisher:  Hub  City  School  Supply  Co.,  Aberdeen,  S.D. 

Price:  machine  with  one  set  of  cards,  $20.  Extra  sets  of  cards,  $1 
each. 

Professional  Test  for  Elementary  School  Teachers.  By  R.  H.  Franzen 
and  F.  B.  Knight.  Published:  June,  1922.  Range:  elementary 
teachers.  Time  to  give:  1 to  IV2  hours.  Time  to  score:  7 minutes. 
Standardized:  no  definite  time  of  standardization  as  it  measures  a 
constant  function. 

Publisher:  F.  B.  Knight,  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City,  la. 

Price:  15  cents  each;  $9  per  100. 

Stanford  Achievement  Test.  By  Truman  L.  Kelley,  G.  M.  Ruch,  and 
Lewis  M.  Terman.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  “A  battery  of 

achievement  tests  designed  to  measure  very  thoroly  the  knowledge 
and  ability  of  pupils  in  the  school  subjects  in  grades  2 to  8.”  Range: 
grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give:  primary,  grades  2,  3,  73  minutes; 
advanced,  grades  4 to  8,  148  minutes.  Time  to  score:  10  to  20 
minutes.  Standardized:  June  scores.  But  all  tests  have  age  norms 
for  interpretation,  no  matter  at  what  time  given.  All  norms  to 
nearest  month. 

Primary  tests  in  arithmetic,  reading,  and  spelling  are  devised  for 
grades  2 and  3.  Advanced  tests  in  arithmetic,  reading,  and  spelling, 
science  information,  history,  and  literature  are  prepared  for  grades 
4 to  8. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  Specimen  sets,  50  cents;  advanced  examination,  8 cents  each; 
primary  examination,  6 cents  each,  including  directions  and  score  key. 

Lull’s  Project-Problem  Method  of  Learning.  By  H.  G.  Lull.  Published : 
1920. 

This  is  a teaching  device.  It  is  made  up  of  5 parts,  as  follows: 
(1)  Pupil  activities  in  the  recitation  period,  (2)  Teacher  activity  in  the 
recitation  period,  (3)  Pupil  activities  in  the  supervised  study  period, 
(4)  Teacher  activities  in  the  supervised  study  period,  (5)  Drill  projects. 
Publisher:  H.  G.  Lull,  Kansas  State  Normal  School,  Emporia,  Kan. 
Price:  no  information. 

Test  of  General  Information  with  Sociologically  Determined  Weightings. 
By  C.  C.  Peters,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  Delaware,  Ohio.  Pub- 
lished: in  mimeographed  form  only  at  present.  Range:  grade  4 
to  university.  Time  to  give:  Form  1,  40  minutes;  Form  2,  10  min- 
utes. Time  to  score:  Form  1,  6V2  minutes;  Form  2,  1V2  minutes. 
Not  standardized  at  present,  but  will  be  before  it  is  offered  for  sale. 

An  Educational  Survey  Test.  By  Rudolf  Pintner  and  Florence  Fitz- 
gerald. See  Pintner’s  Educational  Survey  and  Non-Language  tests 
below. 

Pintner’s  Educational  Survey  and  Non-Language  Test.  By  Rudolf  Pint- 
ner. Published:  1918.  Purpose:  diagnostic,  to  use  educational  and 
mental  tests  in  combination  to  determine  the  amount  of  educational 


72 


Indiana  University 


attainment  to  be  expected  of  pupils  of  varying  degrees  of  mental 
ability.  The  author  thinks  the  time  has  come  to  use  the  combina- 
tion of  intelligence  and  educational  tests  to  diagnose  the  school 
situation.  Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  25 ^ minutes  of 
working  time  for  both  tests.  Time  to  score:  10  to  15  minutes. 
Standardized:  both  tests  standardized  on  same  group  of  children, 
mid-year  standards. 

There  are  8 separate  tests,  as  follows:  (1)  Words,  (2)  Arithmetic, 
(3)  Reading — Kelley,  (4)  Reading — Thorndike,  (5)  Trabue,  (6)  Gram- 
mar, (7)  Geography,  (8)  History.  Time  for  each  test  ranges  from 
IV2  to  5 minutes.  The  mental  test  consists  of  6 separate  tests.  The 
mental  tests  are  non-language  tests  and  may  be  given  to  non-English 
speaking  children.  Tho  the  tests  are  intended  to  be  given  together,  they 
may  be  given  separately.  One  test  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  The 
manual  of  directions  gives  complete  instructions  for  use. 

Publishers:  College  Book  Store,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


Price:  The  Pintner  Mental  Test,  per  100 $4.00 

The  Pintner  Educational  Test,  per  100 4.00 

Manual  of  Directions 50 

Set  of  stencils  for  crrrecting  tests 50 

Sample  Set,  including  Manual  Stencils,  and  5 copies  of 

each  test  blank  1.40 


Information  on  Sports  and  Amusements.  By  S.  L.  and  L.  W.  Pressey. 
Published:  1922.  Range:  grades  6 to  12.  Purpose:  to  test  knowl- 
edge of  sports  and  amusements.  Time  to  give:  45  minutes.  Time 
to  score : 4 minutes.  No  information  as  to  standardization. 

This  test  consists  of  27  groups  of  5 questions  each,  dealing  with 
certain  phrases,  terms,  etc.,  of  various  sports  and  amusements.  The 
pupil  is  to  underline  the  correct  answer  among  5 given  after  each  ques- 
tion. At  the  end,  32  sports,  or  amusements,  are  listed,  and  the  pupil 
is  to  underline  each  one  with  which  he  is  familiar.  One  folder  for  each 
pupil. 

Publisher:  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Price:  not  sold,  but  small  quantities  may  be  procured  for  experi- 
mental purposes. 

Interest  Questionnaire.  By  S.  L.  and  L.  W.  Pressey.  Published:  1922. 
Purpose:  to  determine  the  principal  interests  of  the  one  being  tested. 
Range:  grades  5 to  12.  Time  to  give:  45  minutes.  Time  to  score: 
4 minutes.  Tentative  standards. 

This  is  a folder  of  5 divisions  or  parts.  Part  I is  a long  list  of 
“Games  and  amusements”.  The  pupil  is  to  underline  every  one  he 
ever  participated  in  and  draw  a line  around  the  5 most  enjoyed.  Part 
II  deals  in  the  same  way  with  “Accomplishments”.  Part  III,  A,  is  a 
list  of  magazines  of  which  those  read  are  to  be  underlined  and  the  5 
most  enjoyed  to  be  encircled.  Part  III,  B,  deals  in  the  same  way  with 
“Books”.  Part  IV  is  a list  of  names  of  people.  Those  admired  are  to 
be  underlined,  the  5 most  admired  to  be  encircled.  Part  V is  a list  of 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Miscellaneous 


73 


occupations.  The  pupil  is  to  underline  every  one  he  ever  thought  he 
might  like  and  put  a circle  around  the  5 he  would  like  best.  One  folder 
is  needed  for  each  pupil. 

Publishers:  Ohio  State  University,  Psychology  Department,  Colum- 
bus, Ohio. 

Price:  no  charge,  but  furnished  in  small  quantities  for  experimental 
purposes. 

Achievement  Tests  Used  by  the  Indiana  Education  Survey  Commission. 

These  tests  consist  of:  Thorndike-McCall  Reading  Scale;  Woody 
Arithmetic  Scales,  Series  B;  Van  Wagenen  American  History  Scales; 
and  a spelling  test.  For  description,  see  these  various  tests  as  described 
under  their  respective  subjects.  Out  of  print  as  achievement  tests. 

Tests  of  Aesthetic  Appreciation.  By  E.  L.  Thorndike.  Published:  1916. 
Purpose : to  measure  aesthetic  appreciation.  Range : no  information. 
Time  to  give : no  information.  Time  to  score : no  information. 
Standardized : no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards 
are  made. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  a series  of  7 designs.  These  consist  of 
rectangles,  crosses,  lines,  etc.,  arranged  in  different  ways  to  give  various 
effects.  Also  a test  of  “Appreciation  of  Quality  of  a Line  of  Poetry 
Written  to  Complete  a Couplet,  the  First  Line  Being  Given”.  Out  of 
print. 

Citizenship.  Upton-Chassell  Scale  for  Measuring  Habits  of  Good  Citi- 
zenship. By  Siegried  Marie  Upton  and  Clara  F.  and  Laura  M. 
Chassell.  Published:  1918;  revised,  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure 
progress  in  forming  attitudes  and  habits  of  good  citizenship.  Time 
to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Range: 
elementary  school.  Standardized:  no. 

This  includes  Scales  A-H.  The  scales  resemble  in  some  respects 
a score  card.  Each  scale  consists  of  24  items  or  points  for  con- 
sideration in  rating  a pupil.  The  items  are  weighted  with  values  rang- 
ing from  0 to  3.  Zero  means  almost  no  habit  or  attainment  in  the  item 
indicated,  while  3 means  an  almost  perfect  attainment.  Examples  of 
items:  Scale  A,  Item  2,  “Does  not  run  in  halls”.  Item  20,  “Approaches 
difficult  tasks  resolutely”.  The  scales  are  especially  suggestive  for  the 
teaching  of  citizenship.  One  copy  of  each  scale  used  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  to  be  tested.  Teachers  College  Record  for  January,  1922,  describes 
the  scales. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  45  cents  per  100  scales.  For  examiner,  one  copy  of  bul- 
letin. For  pupil,  one  copy  or  more  of  the  Scales  C,  D,  G,  and  H are 
now  available  at  50  cents  per  100. 

• This  is  a bulletin  entitled  “A  Scale  for  Measuring  the  Importance  of 
Habits  of  Good  Citizenship:  With  a Description  of  Its  Use  in  a New  Re- 
port Card  at  the  Horace  Mann  School”. 


74 


Indiana  University 


The  Function  of  Ideals  in  Education.  By  Paul  E.  Voelker.  Published: 
1921.  Purpose:  to  test  effect  on  actual  conduct  of  the  teaching  of 
ideals.  150  boys  tested  for  trustworthiness,  2 groups  brought  under 
teaching  of  a Boy  Scout  leader,  the  entire  group  re-tested  with  re- 
sult that  the  boys  who  had  been  in  the  Boy  Scout  troop  tested  22 
per  cent  higher  than  the  others.  The  tests  are  described  in  detail 
in  the  book.  Range:  children  of  ages  10  to  17.  Time  to  give: 
in  2 hours  2 examiners  can  test  12  to  15  subjects.  Time  to  score: 
for  group  of  10,  1 hour.  Not  standardized. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  price  of  book  containing  these  tests,  cloth,  $1.80;  paper,  $1.35. 


MODERN  FOREIGN  LANGUAGE 

Handschin’s  Predetermination  Tests.  By  C.  H.  Handschin.  Published: 
mimeographed  copies  only.  Purpose:  to  classify  pupils  according  to 
linguistic  ability.  Time  to  give:  written  test,  5 minutes;  oral,  4 
minutes  for  each  pupil.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standard- 
ized: no  information. 

There  are  4 separate  predetermination  tests  using  Esperanto,  2 
written  and  2 oral.  The  written  tests  are  “seeing-writing”  and  “hearing- 
writing”. Sentences  are  placed  on  the  board  and  exposed  for  one  min- 
ute, then  erased,  and  the  pupils  are  to  reproduce  them  in  writing.  The 
oral  tests  are  individual.  Each  pupil  is  given  a four-minute  test  in 
hearing-speaking  and  seeing-speaking.  The  answers  are  weighted. 
Complete  directions  for  giving,  scoring,  and  recording  are  available. 
Procurable  from  Bureau  of  Education,  Washington,  D.C. 

Price:  no  information. 

Wilkins’  Prognosis  Test  in  Modern  Foreign  Language.  By  Laurence  A. 
Wilkins.  Copyrighted:  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  ability  of 
pupils  to  succeed  in  the  study  of  foreign  language.  Range:  sec- 
ondary schools  and  colleges.  Time  to  give:  collective  tests,  23  5/6 
minutes;  individual  tests,  for  25-30  students,  45  minutes.  Stand- 
ardized: yes. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  Series  A and  B.  Series  A is  composed  of 
4 separate  tests : (1)  visual-motor  (seeing  and  writing) , (2)  aural-motor 
(hearing  and  writing),  (3)  memory,  (4)  grammar  concepts.  Series  B 
is  composed  of  2 individual  tests:  Test  5,  visual-oral  (seeing  and  speaking 
in  English),  Test  6,  aural-oral  (hearing  and  speaking).  The  prognostic 
test  is  to  be  given  the  first  day  of  school.  If  the  pupil  scores  less  than 
60  per  cent  of  the  360  credit  points  he  is  not  likely  to  be  able  to  take 
modern  language  work  profitably.  However,  pupils  that  fall  low  may 
be  permitted  to  enter  a separate  class  that  goes  more  slowly  than  the 
regular  class  and  try  out  for  one  month  and  then  take  the  elimination 


I 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Music 


75 


test.  The  booklet  containing*  the  prognostic  test  contains  the  elimination 
test.  Complete  instructions  for  use  are  given  in  the  manual  of  directions. 
Publishers:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  $1.60  net  per  package  of  25  booklets,  including  manual  of 
directions.  Specimen  sets  (1  test  and  1 manual),  10  cents  postpaid. 


MUSIC 

Beach’s  Standardized  Music  Tests.  By  Frank  A.  Beach,  Director  of 
School  of  Music  and  Professor  of  Public  School  Music,  Kansas  State 
Normal  School,  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Bureau  of  Educational 
Measurements.  Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  achievement 
in  music.  Range:  grades  2 to  12.  Time  to  give:  90  minutes.  Time 
to  score:  2 minutes  (with  stencils).  Standardized:  end-of-year 
scores. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  62  questions  on  5 different  phases  of  music 
as  follows:  (1)  Symbols;  (2)  Ear  training;  (3)  Eye  training;  (4)  Ear 
and  eye  training,  correlation  between  notation  and  melody;  (5)  Sight 
reading;  (6)  Writing;  (7)  Visualization;  (8)  Sight  singing.  Standards 
are  now  available  for  all  grades.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to 
be  tested.  A manual  containing  complete  directions  is  available.  A 
revision  of  this  test  will  be  made  soon.  It  will  be  shortened  and  one  or 
two  features  added. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Educational  Measurements  and  Standards, 
Emporia,  Kan. 

Price:  $2  net  for  50  copies.  Sample  set  and  manual  of  instructions, 
35  cents  net,  containing  manual,  standard  sheet,  and  test  sheet,  50  cents, 
postpaid. 

Recognition  of  Characteristic  Rhythms.  By  Harriet  Petry  and  Marie 
Rasey.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  in- 
terpret life’s  activities  and  moods  in  terms  of  music.  Range:  grades 
4 to  12.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  20  minutes. 
Standardized:  yes;  no  set  time  of  year  for  standards. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  2 separate  tests,  I and  II.  The  first 
expresses  characteristic  activities,  and  the  second,  moods  of  thought. 
Test  I tells  a story  of  “John’s  Holiday”.  Music  is  played  and  the  pupil 
is  asked  questions  about  John’s  experiences.  He  is  to  underline  the 
questions  which  the  music  tells  how  he  traveled,  what  he  saw,  etc. 
Test  II  tells  what  the  music  says  concerning  John’s  thoughts  as  he  sits 
thinking  over  his  day’s  experiences.  Directions  for  administering  are 
available.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  tested. 

Publishers:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price,  $1.80  for  set  of  40  tests;  $2.50  for  set  of  80  tests;  a complete 
copy,  including  directions  for  giving  and  score  key,  80  cents. 

Measures  of  Musical  Talent.  By  Carl  E.  Seashore.  Published:  off  and 
on  for  years.  Purpose:  prognostic.  Range:  grades  5 to  8.  Time 


76 


Indiana  University 


to  give:  group  tests,  3 class  periods  or  less.  Time  to  score:  10  min- 
utes, approximately,  if  skilled.  Standardized:  yes;  standards  not 
seasonal. 

The  survey  is  made  by  using  phonograph  records  designed  for  the 
purpose.  The  test  is  based  on  5 measures,  as  follows:  (1)  the  sense 
of  pitch,  (2)  the  sense  of  intensity,  (3)  the  sense  of  time,  (4)  the  sense 
of  consonance,  (5)  the  tonal  memory.  A complete  survey  consists  of  3 
steps.  The  first  is  to  make  the  5 basic  tests,  the  second  is  to  make  fur- 
ther intensive  testings  of  the  case  selected,  and  the  third  is  to  do  follow- 
up work.  The  measures  on  which  the  tests  are  based'  are  weighted.  The 
sense  of  pitch  is  regarded  as  being  of  greatest  value.  Complete  direc- 
tions for  administering  the  tests  are  available. 

Publishers:  Silver,  Burdett,  and  Co.,  Boston,  Mass.,  and  Iowa  Uni- 
versity, Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

Price:  Manual,  25  cents. 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING 

Athletic  Badge  Tests  for  Boys  and  Girls.  Published:  boys,  1913,  revised, 
1922;  girls,  1916,  revised,  1922.  Purpose:  to  give  physical  training 
for  boys  and  girls.  Time  to  give:  15  minutes.  Less  if  tests  are 
given  in  groups.  Time  to  score:  2 to  3 months.  Standardized:  all 
seasons. 

The  tests  have  been  adopted  and  standardized  by  the  Playground 
and  Recreation  Association  of  America.  The  boys’  test  is  made  up  of  a 
series  of  3 tests.  Twelve-year-old  boys  should  be  able  to  attain  the 
standards  set  for  the  first  test.  Boys  in  the  elementary  school,  13  years 
and  over,  should  be  able  to  attain  the  standards  set  for  the  second  test, 
and  high  school  boys  should  be  able  to  reach  standards  set  for  third 
test.  The  tests  are  standardized  in  3 events  for  each  test.  The  tests 
are  the  usual  field  sports  such  as  running,  jumping,  etc. 

The  tests  for  the  girls  are  similar  in  arrangement  to  those  of  the 
boys  and  are  composed  of  volley-ball  serving,  basket-ball  goal  throwing, 
balancing,  etc.  Pupils  who  reach  the  standards  set  are  entitled  to 
receive  a badge  designed  for  test  engaged  in.  One  manual  of  directions 
is  needed  for  each  director. 

Publisher:  Playground  and  Recreation  Association  of  America,  1 
Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City. 

Price:  no  charge  for  single  copies.  In  quantities  of  10  or  more,  5 
cents  each,  or  $2.50  per  100. 

Baldwin’s  Physical  Development  Scale.  By  B.  T.  Baldwin.  Published: 
1916.  Purpose:  to  measure  physical  development.  Range:  grades 
1 to  12.  Time  to  give:  30  minutes.  Time  to  score:  2 minutes. 
Standardized:  yes;  winter  standards. 

The  scale  is  arranged  in  the  form  of  a score  card  with  the  different 
points  of  consideration  weighted.  The  scales  for  boys  and  girls  are 
made  separately.  “The  norms  represent  well  developed  children  with 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Physical  Training 


77 


school-medical  inspection  and  physical  training-.  A small  child  for  a 
given  age  may  be  well  developed  if  the  coefficients,  height,  weight,  and 
breathing  capacity  relationships  are  normal  and  approximately  those 
indicated.”  A graph  sheet  is  furnished  with  measurements  for  a normal 
child  arranged  in  curves.  The  measures  of  the  child  may  be  plotted 
and  compared  with  the  normal  curve.  Directions  for  giving  and  scoring 
are  available.  One  card  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Extension  Division,  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 
Price:  Physical  Development  Scale,  10  cents  per  set,  consisting  of 
a buff  card  for  girls  and  a white  card  for  boys.  The  paper  measuring 
scale  sells  for  60  cents. 

Rapeer’s  Scale  for  Measuring  Physical  Education,  Health,  and  Physical 
Development.  By  Louis  W.  Rapeer,  Washington,  D.C.  Published: 
1917.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  results  of  physical  education.  Range: 
all  elementary  grades.  Time  to  give:  1 hour.  Time  to  score:  10 
minutes.  Standardized:  any-time-of-year  scores. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  5 parts:  (1)  health  scale,  (2)  physiological 
efficiency  scale,  (3)  physical  development  scale,  (4)  physical  ability  scale, 
(5)  mental  qualities  scale.  A total  of  100  points  are  given  for  the  5 
scales.  The  scale  may  be  used  as  a sort  of  score  card  to  measure  the 
quality  of  work  done  and  detect  defects  that  may  be  remedied.  Direc- 
tions for  determining  points  to  be  considered  under  each  scale  are  given. 

Publishers:  L.  W.  Rapeer,  20  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.C.,  and 
Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  This  scale  has  never  been  printed  in  separate  form.  It  is 
contained  in  Part  I of  the  Sixteenth  Year-Book  of  the  National  Society 
for  the  Study  of  Education,  price  of  which  is  $1,  postpaid. 

Standards  in  Physical  Training.  By  Frederick  J.  Reilley.  Published: 
1917.  Purpose:  to  measure  results  in  physical  training.  Range: 
grades  5 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to 
score:  no  information.  Standardized:  on  the  basis  of  age,  height, 
and  weight. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  field  and  indoor  events  for  boys  and  girls. 
Standards  have  been  found  for  more  than  15  events.  Some  of  the  most 
common  events  are  running,  jumping,  basketball  throw,  serving  in 
tennis,  etc.  The  standards  are  aids  to  pupils  in  judging  their  own  prog- 
ress. One  chart  containing  standards  is  needed  for  each  teacher  of 
examiner. 

Publishers:  D.  C.  Heath  and  Co.,  Chicago,  111.,  New  York  City,  and 
Boston. 

Price:  10  cents  each.  20  copies,  $1,  postpaid. 

The  Physical  Test  of  a Man.  By  D.  A.  Sargent.  Published:  1921.  Pur- 
pose: to  measure  physical  ability.  Range:  no  information.  Time 
to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Stand- 
ardized: no  information. 

The  test  is  constructed  by  considering  3 factors:  height  jumped, 
foot-pounds  of  work  done,  and  amount  of  energy  expended.  These  points 


78 


Indiana  University 


are  found  by  having  the  person  tested  jump  upward  as  high  as  he  can 
and  solve  the  results  by  a formula  given  in  the  test.  The  energy  index 
factor  is  considered  by  the  author  to  be  of  most  importance.  One  test 
is  needed  by  each  examiner. 

Publishers:  School  and  Society,  January  29,  1921.  Anyone  inter- 
ested may  be  able  to  secure  a reprint  from  School  and  Society,  Lan- 
caster, Pa. 


PHYSICS 

Balderston’s  Elementary  Physics  Test.  No  information  available. 
Publishers:  Christopher  Sower  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Caldwell’s  Science  Tests  (Botany,  Chemistry,  Physics,  Zoology).  See 
heading  General  Science. 

Camp’s  Iowa  Physics  Test.  By  H.  L.  Camp.  Published:  1920.  Pur- 
pose: to  measure  pupil’s  knowledge  of  principles  in  physics  and 
their  ability  to  apply  them.  Range:  first-year  physics.  Time  to  give: 
40  to  50  minutes.  Time  to  score:  about  1 minute.  Standardized: 
on  completion  of  unit. 

The  test  is  composed  of  3 distinct  scales  of  11  or  12  questions  each. 
The  exercises  have  been  selected  so  that  about  half  measures  “knowledge 
of  fundamental  principles”  and  half  “ability  to  make  useful  applications 
of  such  knowledge.”  The  standards  were  determined  by  giving  the  exer- 
cises to  3,500  boys  and  girls  in  129  Iowa  high  schools.  The  scales  de- 
rived are:  (1)  Mechanics,  (2)  Heat,  (3)  Electricity  and  magnetism. 
One  test  of  each  given  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions 
for  giving  and  scoring  are  available. 

Publisher:  Extension  Division,  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 
Price:  $1.25  per  100,  complete  with  directions. 

A Test  in  Electricity  and  Magnetism,  Sound,  and  Light.  By  J.  Crosby 
Chapman.  Published:  December,  1919.  Purpose:  informational. 
Range:  high  school  physics  classes.  Time  to  give:  approximately 
10  minutes.  Time  to  score:  1 minute.  Standardized:  partly  for 
end  of  course. 

The  test  is  composed  of  30  questions  on  electricity  and  magnetism, 
sound,  and  light.  The  questions  were  evaluated  and  arranged  in  order  of 
difficulty. 

Publisher:  J.  C.  Chapman,  Yale  University,  New  Haven,  Conn. 
Price:  25  cents. 

New  Types  of  High  School  Physics  Tests  for  Instructional  Purposes. 
By  Earl  R.  Glenn  and  E.  L.  Obourn.  Published:  1919,  1920;  re- 
vised, 1922-23.  Purpose:  a teaching  device  as  well  as  tests.  Range: 
high  school  physics.  Time  to  give:  10  to  40  minutes.  Time  to  score: 
about  10  minutes,  scoring  done  by  the  class.  Standardized : tentative 
standards. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  27  tests  “designed  to  cover  all  of  the  topics 
usually  taught  during  the  high  school  physics  course”.  Test  1,  for 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Bhysics 


79 


example,  is  on  the  measurement  of  length,  mass,  time,  and  density.  It 
is  made  up  of  30  questions.  Each  question  is  followed  by  4 answers, 
3 of  which  are  incorrect.  The  pupil  answers  by  drawing  a line  under 
the  correct  word  and  writes  its  number  in  the  parenthesis  at  the  right 
of  the  question.  One  set  of  tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Earl  R.  Glenn  and  E.  S.  Obourn,  425  West  One  Hundred 
and  Twenty-third  St.,  New  York  City. 

Price:  no  price  quoted.  Tests  have  been  supplied  free  of  charge 
to  cooperating  high  schools. 

Jones’  Union  Science  Test  in  Physics.  By  Franklin  T.  Jones.  Pub- 
lished: 1918.  Purpose:  for  practice  and  comparison.  Range:  high 
school  grades  11  and  12.  Time  to  give:  21  tests  with  time  ranging 
from  2%  to  12  minutes  per  test.  Time  to  score:  brief.  Standard- 
ized : “both  yes  and  no”,  some  standards  useful  at  any  time  of  school 
year. 

The  tests  are'  made  up  of  14  tests  on  heat,  3 on  electricity,  2 on  sound, 
and  2 on  light.  Each  test  consists  of  from  5 to  12  exercises.  Directions 
for  giving  and  scoring  are  available.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil 
to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  University  Supply  and  Book  Co.,  10109  Wilber  Ave., 
Cleveland,  Ohio. 

Price:  in  sets  of  27  tests,  25  cents  per  set. 

The  Place  of  Numerical  Problems  in  High  School  Physics.  By  D.  P. 
Randall.  No  information  obtainable. 

Randall,  Chapman,  and  Sutton’s  Test  in  Mechanics.  By  D.  P.  Randall 
and  others.  No  information  obtainable. 

Starch’s  Physics  Test.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  1916.  Purpose: 
information  test.  Range:  1 year  of  physics.  Time  to  give:  15  to 
20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  about  5 minutes.  Standardized:  no 
information  as  to  time  of  year  standards  were  made. 

The  test  is  composed  of  75  mutilated  statements  on  mechanics,  heat, 
sound,  light,  and  magnetism  and  electricity.  If  the  spaces  are  properly 
filled,  the  statement  will  be  correct.  Standard  scores  are  given  on  each 
division  of  subject-matter.  Directions  for  giving  and  scoring  are  printed 
on  the  tests.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  2 cents  per  sheet. 

Thurstone’s  Physics  Test.  By  L.  L.  Thurstone.  Published:  copyrighted, 
1919,  by  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology;  copyrighted,  1922,  by 
World  Book  Co.  Purpose:  no  information  given.  Range:  high 
school  seniors  and  college  freshmen.  Time  to  give:  30  minutes. 
Time  to  score:  no  information  given.  Standardized:  yes. 
Description:  See  Thurstone’s  Vocational  Guidance  Tests. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  $1  per  package  of  25,  including  1 record  sheet  and  key. 


80 


Indiana  University 


Physics  Tests.  By  Harry  Whiting  Tilton.  Published:  November,  1922. 
Purpose:  information  test.  Range:  grades  11  and  12  in  high  school; 
college  freshmen.  Time  to  give:  20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  10 
minutes  or  less.  Standardized : partly  in  process  of  standardization ; 
standards  will  be  made  for  June,  1923. 

The  test  is  composed  of  5 parts,  as  follows:  (1)  Measurements, 
density,  and  mechanics  of  fluids;  (2)  Force  and  motion;  (3)  Force  and 
motion;  (4)  Work  and  mechanical  energy;  (5)  Thermometry  and  ex- 
pansion coefficients.  Each  part  is  made  up  of  35  to  38  exercises.  The 
exercises  are  composed  of  mutilated  sentences.  The  pupils  are  to  supply 
the  missing  words.  If  the  proper  words  are  supplied  the  sentences  will 
make  correct  statements.  One  test  of  each  part  used  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  to  be  tested.  Five  more  parts  covering  electricity,  light,  and 
sound  are  in  preparation. 

Publisher:  Harry  W.  Tilton,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  School  of 
Education. 

Price:  Sample  package,  10  tests,  50  cents.  Sample  package,  5 tests, 
25  cents.  Copies  of  tests  when  25  or  more  of  a test  desired,  2 cents  each. 


PHYSIOLOGY 

Grier’s  Range  of  Information:  Tests  in  Biology,  Physiology,  Zoology, 
and  Botany.  By  N.  M.  Grier.  See  test  as  described  under  Biology. 

Diagnostic  Physiology  Test.  By  M.  C.  Olmsted.  Published:  1921.  Pur- 
pose: diagnostic.  Range:  grades  7 and  8.  Time  to  give:  40  min- 
utes. Time  to  score:  4 minutes.  Standardized:  May  and  Decem- 
ber scores. 

The  test  is  composed  of  2 pages  of  questions.  Page  1 contains  24 
incomplete  statements  with  4 words  after  each.  The  pupil  is  to  under- 
line the  word  that  will  make  the  statement  complete.  Page  2 contains 
36  questions  similar  in  construction  and  arrangement  to  page  1.  Di- 
rections for  giving  and  blanks  for  scoring  are  available.  One  test  is 
needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  M.  C.  Olmsted,  Clarkston,  Wash. 

Price:  $1  per  100. 


POETRY 

Abbott-Trabue’s  Exercises  in  Judging  Poetry.  By  Allen  Abbott  and 
M.  R.  Trabue.  Published:  1921.  Purpose:  to  measure  poetry  ap- 
preciation. Range:  grades  7 to  12.  Time  to  give:  45  minutes  or 
approximately  one  class  period.  Time  to  score:  no  information 
given.  Standardized : yes. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  2 parallel  series  of  poems,  X and  Y.  The 
series  are  equal  in  difficulty,  and  each  series  consists  of  13  sets  of 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Punctuation 


81 


poems  of  4 each.  The  pupil  tested  reads  each  set  carefully  and  writes 
“best”  over  the  poem  he  thinks  best  and  “worst”  over  the  one  he  likes 
least.  The  original  or  best  version  is  given  as  a standard.  One  test 
is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  8 cents  per  copy,  Series  X or  Y,  or  $7.50  per  1,000.  De- 
tailed explanations  in  Teachers  College  Record  for  March,  1921,  40  cents. 


PUNCTUATION 

Clemens’  Punctuation  Test.  By  A.  H.  Clemens,  High  School,  Rochester, 
Minn.  These  tests  have  been  abandoned. 

Diagnostic  Punctuation  Test.  By  S.  L.  Pressey,  Ohio  State  University, 
Columbus,  Ohio.  Published:  1923.  Range:  grades  7 to  12  and  col- 
lege. Time  to  give:  10  minutes.  Time  to  score:  1 minute.  Stand- 
ardized: January  scores. 

Publisher:  Psychology  Department,  Ohio  State  University,  Colum- 
bus, Ohio. 

Price:  6 cents  each,  including  directions  for  giving  and  scoring  key. 

Starch’s  Punctuation  Scale  A.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  no  in- 
formation. Purpose : to  measure  ability  to  punctuate  sentences. 
Range:  grades  5 to  12.  Time  to  give:  not  “time  limit”  test.  Time 
to  score:  short.  Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  10  steps.  Each  step  is  composed  of  from 
1 to  4 sentences  to  be  punctuated.  The  highest  step  passed  is  the  pupil’s 
score,  unless  a step  is  missed  and  a higher  step  passed.  Then  the  score 
is  lowered  one  step  from  the  highest  passed.  One  scale  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  80  cents  per  100.  Direction  sheets,  2 cents  each. 


RATING  SCALES 

Tentative  Plan  for  Rating  a Teacher  on  Progress  Shown  by  Her  Pupils. 
By  W.  H.  Connor.  Published:  May,  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure 
teachers  by  progress  of  pupils;  a scheme  for  utilizing  results  of 
tests  in  rating  teachers,  which  is  just  as  reliable  as  the  tests  used 
with  pupils  would  indicate.  Range : no  information.  Time  to  give : 
no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized: 
no  information. 

This  rating  scheme  attempts  to  shift  the  basis  for  rating  teachers 
from  the  personality,  education,  etc.,  of  the  teacher  to  the  change  made 
in  pupils.  The  items  to  be  considered  in  the  scheme  for  rating  progress 
of  pupils  are  as  follows:  deportment,  ethical  self-control,  emotional  re- 


6 — 26069 


82 


Indiana  University 


action,  morale,  initiative,  knowledge  and  skill,  and  thinking.  “Merely 
a scheme  for  summarizing  results  of  standardized  tests  and  certain  im- 
pressions. Carefully  evaluated  rather  than  standardized.”  Values  under 
each  item  are  indicated  by  the  letters  E,  D,  C,  B,  A.  The  values  range 
from  0 to  100.  One  card  is  needed  for  each  teacher  to  be  rated. 

Publisher:  W.  H.  Connor,  principal  of  Longwood  Commerce  High 
School,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

Price : not  given. 

Uniform  Standards  for  Judging  Teachers  in  South  Dakota.  By  William 
A.  Cook.  Published:  1921.  Purpose:  to  aid  in  analysis  and  con- 
structive suggestions  rather  than  measurement. 

The  rating  cards  are  composed  of  Cards  A,  B,  and  C.  Card  A is 
for  county  superintendents,  Card  B is  for  systems  with  from  6 to  12 
teachers,  and  Card  C is  for  systems  with  over  12  teachers.  The  main 
headings  or  factors  for  consideration  are  the  same  for  each  card.  Some 
points  of  analysis  differ  because  of  different  conditions  existing  in  the 
different  systems.  The  main  factors  are:  (1)  scholarship,  (2)  pro- 
fessional spirit  and  training,  (3)  teaching  ability,  (4)  school  manage- 
ment, (5)  material  conditions,  (6)  personal  equipment  and  appearance, 
(7)  extra-mural  efficiency.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Educational  Research,  Northern  Normal  and 
Industrial  School,  Aberdeen,  S.D. 

Price:  2 cents  each. 

Detroit  Teacher  Rating  Card.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  rate  teach- 
ers in  service. 

The  rating  card  is  made  up  of  ratings  based  on  the  leading  charac- 
teristics of  the  teacher.  The  front  of  the  card  contains  a form  for  giving 
the  rank  order  rating,  the  general  merit  rating,  and  the  important  char- 
acteristics. The  important  characteristics  are:  (1)  vitality,  (2)  per- 
sonality, (3)  general  intelligence,  (4)  social  intelligence,  (5)  professional 
spirit,  (6)  professional  ability,  (7)  professional  leadership,  (8)  execu- 
tive ability,  (9)  adaptability.  After  each  of  these  qualities,  space  is 
left  for  grading  as  follows:  very  poor,  poor,  medium,  good,  excellent. 
One  card  is  needed  for  each  teacher  to  be  rated. 

Publishers:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  $5  per  1,000. 

Scale  of  Qualities  of  Work.  By  Public  Schools,  Dixon,  111.  Published: 
no  information.  Purpose:  to  aid  teachers  in  grading  pupils’  work 
and  bring  about  uniformity  if  possible.  Range:  no  information. 
Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information. 
Standardized:  no  information. 

The  scale  contains  suggestions  for  5 grades  of  work,  as  follows: 
“A”  work;  “B”  work;  “C”  work  “D”  work;  “E”  work.  The  suggestions 
are  made  under  3 headings,  as  follows:  (I)  Knowledge  of  subject-matter, 
(II)  Preparation,  (III)  Attitude.  Under  each  of  these  headings  are 
items  that  will  aid  the  teacher  in  giving  pupils  the  proper  grade.  This  is 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Rating  Scales 


88 


not  a test,  but  is  an  aid  to  the  teacher’s  grading,  the  object  being  to 
bring  about  a uniformity  if  possible. 

Publishers:  Public  Schools,  Dixon,  111. 

Price : 5 cents  each. 

Observation  and  Score  Cards.  Project  Method  of  Learning  (not  a 
test,  but  a guide  to  the  use  of  the  project  method).  By  H.  G.  Lull. 
Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  aid  teachers  and  pupils  in  the  use  of 
the  project  method  in  school. 

The  score  cards  are  more  a teaching  device  than  a measuring-stick. 
The  3 parts  are  as  follows:  the  recitation  period,  the  study  period,  the 
drill  projects.  The  part  for  the  recitation  period  contains  16  sugges- 
tions for  directing  pupil  activities  during  the  recitation  and  10  sug- 
gestions for  teacher  activities  during  the  recitation.  Part  2 contains 
11  suggestions  to  aid  the  teacher.  Part  3 contains  5 suggestions  for 
pupil  activities  during  drill  work  and  20  suggestions  to  aid  the  teacher. 
One  set  of  cards  is  needed  for  each  teacher. 

Publishers:  Bureau  of  Educational  Measurements  and  Standards, 
Kansas  State  Normal  School,  Emporia,  Kan. 

Price:  25  cents  per  set  containing  3 score  cards  and  a twelve-page 
bulletin. 

Ohio  Wesleyan  University  Rating  Blank  (a  score  card  for  former  stu- 
dents in  teaching  service) ; Placement  Bureau  and  Follow-up  of 
Teachers.  By  A.  R.  Mead.  Published:  January,  1922.  First  used 
at  Ohio  Wesleyan  University  in  modified  form  in  1915-16.  Pur- 
pose: to  measure  student  teaching  and  may  be  used  as  a follow-up 
of  teachers  in  service.  Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  no 
standard  time.  Time  to  score:  no  standard  time;  not  standardized. 

The  card  is  made  up  of  8 main  factors  with  about  75  points  for 
consideration.  Such  factors  as  results  of  teacher’s  work,  teaching  tech- 
nique, professional  interests  and  relations,  community  relations,  etc., 
are  considered.  One  card  is  needed  for  each  teacher  to  be  graded.  The 
Placement  Bureau  tries  to  use  the  score  card  for  teachers  in  service 
at  least  once  a year. 

Publishers:  A.  R.  Mead,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  Delaware,  Ohio. 
Price:  not  for  general  distribution. 

A Teacher  Rating  Employment  Card.  By  Edgar  Mendenhall.  Pub- 
lished: no  information.  Purpose:  for  recommendation;  intended 
“for  the  use  of  college  and  normal  school  presidents,  superintend- 
ents, and  school  boards  in  the  improvement  of  the  teaching  corps, 
and  to  help  deserving  educators  to  better  positions”.  Range:  no 
information.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no 
information.  No  information  as  to  standardization. 

The  items  in  the  rating  scheme  are  arranged  under  five  headings 
as  follows:  (1)  Personal  qualities,  (2)  Professional  qualities,  (3)  Social 
qualities,  (4)  Community  relationship,  (5)  Your  opportunity  for  know- 
ing applicant.  The  items  are  so  arranged  that  ratings  may  be  given  for 


84 


Indiana  University 


each  item  ranging-  from  a negative  to  a very  high  positive  degree.  One 
card  is  needed  for  each  teacher  to  be  rated. 

Publisher:  Edgar  Mendenhall,  Cooperative  Bureau  of  Educational 
Research,  State  Manual  Training  Normal  School,  Pittsburg,  Kan. 

Price:  10  cents  each. 

Clergyman-Rating  and  Self-Improvement  Scale.  By  Edgar  N.  Menden- 
hall. Published:  1923.  Purpose:  self-improvement  and  rating  of 
others. 

The  rating  scale  is  an  adaptation  of  Rugg’s  Rating  Scale  for  Judg- 
ing Teachers.  The  items  in  the  scale  are  arranged  under  five  main 
headings,  as  follows:  (1)  Personal  and  social  qualities,  (2)  Professional 
preparation,  (3)  Pulpit  qualities,  (4)  Executive  ability,  (5)  Pastoral, 
community,  and  social  attitudes.  Each  of  these  main  headings  has  several 
items  under  it.  The  scale  suggests  the  arrangement  of  clergymen  in 
such  a way  as  to  make  ratings  by  direct  comparison.  One  scale  is 
needed  for  each  person  rated. 

Publisher:  Edgar  N.  Mendenhall,  Cooperative  Bureau  of  Educa- 
tional Research,  State  Manual  Training  Normal  School,  Pittsburg,  Kan. 
Price:  10  cents  each. 

A Tentative  Scale  for  Rating  Teachers  of  Industrial  Subjects.  By  A.  F. 
Payne.  Published:  no  information.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  ability 
of  teachers  of  industrial  subjects.  Range:  no  information.  Time  to 
give : no  information.  Time  to  score : no  information.  Standardized : 
no  information. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  7 main  headings,  as  follows:  (1)  Prepara- 
tion for  teaching,  (2)  Personal  qualities,  (3)  Success  as  a teacher,  (4) 
Technique  of  teaching,  (5)  Shop  management,  (6)  Results  of  teaching, 
(7)  Professional  advancement.  Each  heading  includes  from  4 to  15 
items.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  rated. 

Publisher:  A.  F.  Payne,  Graduate  School  of  Education,  Harvard 
University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Price:  probably  not  for  general  use. 

Rugg’s  Rating  Scale  for  Judging  Teachers  in  Service.  By  H.  O.  Rugg. 
Published:  no  information.  Purpose:  to  measure  teachers  in  serv- 
ice. Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time 
to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  2 forms,  A and  B.  Form  A measures  by 
analyzing  the  qualities  of  teachers.  Form  B compares  the  teacher  under 
consideration  with  typical  teachers.  Each  form  is  divided  into  5 parts, 
as  follows:  (1)  Skill  in  teaching,  (2)  Skill  in  the  mechanics  of  man- 
aging a class,  (3)  Team  work  qualities,  (4)  Qualities  of  growth  and 
keeping  up  to  date,  (5)  Personal  and  social  qualities.  Each  heading 
contains  several  points  for  consideration  under  it.  One  scale  is  needed 
for  each  teacher  rated.  Directions  for  use  are  printed  on  each  scale. 

Publisher:  University  of  Chicago  Bookstore,  5802  Ellis  Ave.,  Chi- 
cago, 111. 

Price:  in  quantities  under  200,  5 cents  each  net.  In  quantities 
over  200,  4 cents  each  net. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Reading 


85 


A Rating  Scale  for  Judging  High  School  and  College  Students.  By  H. 
0.  Rugg.  Published:  no  information.  Purpose:  to  improve  one’s 
self  thru  self-rating.  Range:  high  school  and  college.  Time  to 
give : not  timed.  Time  to  score : not  timed.  Standardized : no 
information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  rating  card  is  made  up  of  2 forms,  A and  B.  Form  A con- 
sists of  5 parts,  as  follows:  (1)  Ability  to  learn  to  associate  new  ideas, 

(2)  Qualities  of  industry  and  attitude  towards  school  work,  (3)  Quali- 
ties of  learning,  (4)  Team-work  qualities,  (5)  Personal  and  social  quali- 
ties. Each  part  contains  several  points  under  it.  Form  B is  made  up 
of  the  same  5 points  used  in  a different  way.  The  rating  in  Form  B 
is  by  direct  comparison.  Typical  students  are  compared  with  the  stu- 
dent being  rated.  The  score  cards  may  be  used  for  rating  teachers. 
Directions  for  use  are  printed  on  the  card. 

Publisher:  University  Bookstore,  5802  Ellis  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 
Price:  In  quantities  under  200,  5 cents  each  net.  In  quantities 
over  200,  4 cents  each  net. 

The  Moorehead  Hundred-Point  Scale  for  Rating  Teachers.  By  T.  H. 
Schutte,  Flagstaff,  Ariz..  Published:  no  information.  Purpose: 
to  rate  teachers  and  to  aid  the  teacher  in  self-analysis  with  a view 
to  self-improvement.  Range : no  information.  Time  to  give : no 
information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no 
information. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  100  points  arranged  under  5 main  headings, 
as  follows:  (1)  Personal  and  social  qualities,  (2)  Cooperative  qualities, 

(3)  Leadership,  (4)  Scientific  and  professional  attitude,  (5)  Teaching 
ability.  The  subdivisions  aid  the  teacher  in  making  the  analysis.  Direc- 
tions for  use  of  the  scale  are  printed  on  it.  One  scale  is  needed  for 
each  teacher  to  be  rated. 

Publisher:  State  Teachers  College,  Moorehead,  Minn. 

Price:  $2  per  100. 


READING 

Adams’  Silent  Reading  Tests.  By  W.  C.  T.  Adams.  Published:  1920. 

Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  comprehension  in  silent  reading. 

Range:  grades  1 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  about  15  minutes. 

Time  to  score:  1 to  3 minutes.  Standardized:  June  standards. 

There  are  8 separate  tests  consisting  of  selections  suitable  for  each 
grade.  Each  test  is  made  up  of  2 parts:  a speed  test  and  a compre- 
hension test.  Speed  is  determined  by  the  number  of  words  read  per 
minute.  Comprehension  is  found  by  questions  asked  on  the  selection 
read.  The  author  regards  the  tests  as  very  suitable  as  final  examina- 
tions for  the  end  of  each  mid-year.  Standards,  directions,  and  record 
sheets  are  available.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Edward  E.  Babb  and  Co.,  212  East  Summer  St.,  Boston, 
Mass.  Also  State  Normal  School,  Plymouth,  N.H. 

Price:  10  cents  each. 


86 


Indiana  University 


Bolenius  Silent  Reading  Tests.  Only  preliminary  forms  which  were 
never  actually  used.  In  their  place  the  Jones’  Scale  for  Teaching 
and  Testing  Elementary  Reading  for  Elementary  Schools  was  sub- 
stituted. 

Research  Tests  in  Silent  Reading.  By  Boston  Public  Schools.  Published : 
no  information.  Purpose:  to  measure  quality  in  silent  reading. 
Range:  grades  4 to  8.  Time  to  give:  varies;  about  15  minutes. 
Time  to  score:  long.  No  information  as  to  standardization. 

The  tests  are  made  up  of  2 selections  for  each  grade.  The  pupils 
are  to  reproduce  the  selection,  and  to  answer  questions  asked  on  it.  One 
test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Department  of  Educational  Investigation  and  Measure- 
ment, Boston  Public  Schools. 

Price:  not  for  distribution. 

Brown’s  Silent  Reading  Tests.  By  H.  A.  Brown,  President  State  Normal 
School,  Oshkosh,  Wis.  Published:  1916.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability 
in  silent  reading.  Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  no  infor- 
mation. Time  to  score:  no  information.  No  information  as  to 
standardization. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  2 selections,  as  follows:  (1)  “The  Long 
Slide”,  (2)  “A  Morning  Adventure”.  Out  of  print. 

Burgess’s  Scale  for  Measuring  Ability  in  Silent  Reading.  By  May 
Ayres  Burgess.  Published:  fall  of  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure 
rate  of  comprehension  in  silent  reading.  Range:  grades  3 to  8. 
Time  to  give:  5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized: 
February  scores. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  4 picture  supplement  scales  containing  20 
paragraphs  each.  The  4 scales  are  of  equal  difficulty.  Each  paragraph 
has  a picture  above  it.  The  pupils  are  directed  to  do  something  to  the 
picture.  The  grade  depends  upon  ability  to  follow  directions.  A key 
for  adjusting  the  grades  for  other  times  of  the  year  is  given.  Direc- 
tions for  use  are  printed  on  the  scale.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil 
to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Russell  Sage  Foundation,  New  York  City.  Bureau  of 
Educational  Measurements,  Emporia,  Kan. 

Price:  $1.25  per  100. 

Courtis  Standard  Practice  Tests  in  Reading.  Published:  1923.  De- 
signed to  help  little  children  to  teach  themselves  to  read.  Stand- 
ardized drill  material. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  no  information. 

Courtis  Research  Tests  in  Silent  Reading,  No.  2.  By  S.  A.  Courtis. 
Published:  1917.  Purpose:  to  measure  rate  and  comprehension  in 
silent  reading.  Range:  grades  2 to  6.  Time  to  give:  8 minutes. 
Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  June  standards. 

The  Courtis  Silent  Reading  Test,  No.  2,  Series  R,  is  made  up  of  3 
forms.  Form  I is  entitled  “The  Kitten  Who  Played  May-Queen”;  Form 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Reading 


87 


II,  “The  Kitty  Who  Went  to  a Picnic”;  Form  III,  “The  Kitty  Who 
Caught  a Fish”.  The  forms  are  equivalent  and  may  he  used  inter- 
changeably. Each  test  is  composed  of  2 parts.  Part  1 measures  the 
rate  of  reading  and  Part  2 the  comprehension.  Comprehension  is  deter- 
mined by  the  pupil’s  ability  to  answer  questions.  One  test  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Standards,  directions,  and  score  sheets  are 
available. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  $1.25  net  for  envelope  containing  material  for  40  pupils. 

Dearborn-Westbrook  Reading  Examination.  By  W.  F.  Dearborn  and 

Westbrook.  Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability 

in  reading.  Range:,  grades  3 to  7.  Time  to  give:  25  minutes. 
Time  to  score:  2 or  3 minutes.  Tentative  February  standards. 

The  tests  may  be  secured;  however,  the  directions  for  giving  and 
scoring  are  still  in  mimeographed  form.  They  are  sold  only  in  cases 
where  there  are  large  numbers.  Mr.  Dearborn  is  planning  a revision 
of  the  examination. 

Publisher:  W.  F.  Dearborn,  Graduate  School  of  Education,  Harvard 
University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Price:  $2.50  per  100. 

Fordyce’s  Scale  for  Measuring  Achievements  in  Reading.  By  Charles 
Fordyce.  Published:  1916.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  com- 
prehension in  reading.  Range:  Test  1,  grades  3 to  5;  Test  2,  grades 
6 to  9.  Time  to  give:  varies  with  the  various  grades,  100  to  140 
seconds.  Time  to  score:  5 minutes.  Standardized:  mid-year  stand- 
ards. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  2 tests:  (1)  “Narcissus”;  (2)  “Spirit  of 
Spring”.  It  also  contains  4 practice  exercises  in  grasping  and  inter- 
preting groups  of  words  as  units.  Each  test  is  composed  of  2 parts. 
Part  1 measures  speed  in  reading.  Part  2 measures  comprehension.  The 
quality  of  reading  is  determined  by  the  pupil’s  ability  to  answer  questions 
on  the  selection.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Stand- 
ards, a key  for  scoring,  directions  for  giving,  and  record  sheets  are 
available. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Measurements  and  Research,  Lincoln,  Neb. 
Price:  Test  I (a),  50  cents  per  100;  (b),  50  cents  per  100.  Test 
II  (a),  50  cents  per  100;  (b),  50  cents  per  100.  Practice  exercises,  60 
cents  per  100.  Booklet  giving  directions  to  teachers,  3 cents  each. 
Teachers’  record  sheets,  40  cents  per  100.  Standards  free. 

A Test  for  Measuring  the  Ability  in  Reading,  Test  II.  By  Charles 
Fordyce.  Published:  1923.  Purpose:  to  measure  rate  and  com- 
prehension in  reading.  Range:  grades  6 to  9. 

The  test  is  composed  of  a short  selection,  “The  Nervous  System”. 
It  is  to  be  read  thru  twice.  At  the  end  of  30  seconds  during  the  first 
reading,  the  pupil  is  directed  to  draw  a line  around  “the  word  on  which 
his  eye  is  resting”.  He  is  asked  to  finish  the  story  and  read  it  thru 
a second  time  carefully.  After  the  second  reading  the  pupil  is  to 
answer  10  questions  on  the  selection.  Rate  is  determined  by  the  num- 


88 


Indiana  University 


ber  of  words  read  per  minute  and  comprehension  by  the  number  of 
questions  answered  correctly.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
tested. 

Publishers:  University  Extension  Division,  University  of  Nebraska, 
Lincoln,  Neb. 

Price : no  information. 

Standardized  Oral  Reading  Paragraphs.  By  W.  S.  Gray.  Published: 
1915.  Purpose:  to  measure  rate  and  accuracy  in  oral  reading. 
Range:  grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give:  not  timed.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Standardized:  end-of-year  standards. 

The  test  consists  of  12  paragraphs  arranged  in  the  order  of  diffi- 
culty. The  rate  is  determined  by  the  number  of  seconds  required  to 
read  the  paragraphs.  Accuracy  is  determined  by  the  number  of  errors 
made  while  reading  the  paragraphs.  The  points  considered  in  accuracy 
are:  complete  mispronunciation,  omissions,  substitutions,  insertions,  and 
repetitions.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Standards, 
directions,  and  score  sheets  are  available. 

Publishers:  Chicago  University,  Department  of  Education,  Chicago, 
111.  Also  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  65  cents  per  100.  Sample  set,  6 cents. 

Gray’s  Silent  Reading  Test.  By  W.  S.  Gray.  Published:  1915.  Pur- 
pose: to  measure  rate  and  comprehension  in  silent  reading.  Range: 
grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give:  not  timed.  Time  to  score:  no  informa- 
tion. Standardized:  end-of-year  standards. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  3 forms:  Form  Bla,  for  grades  2 and  3; 
Form  B2a,  for  grades  4,  5,  and  6;  Form  B3a,  for  grades  7 and  8.  The 
forms  differ  only  in  difficulty.  Speed  is  determined  by  the  time  it  takes 
the  pupil  to  read  the  selection.  Comprehension  is  determined  by  repro- 
ducing the  story  and  by  answering  questions  about  it.  The  first  page 
of  the  test  sheet  contains  space  for  reproducing  the  story,  the  second 
page  on  the  back  of  the  sheet  contains  questions  on  the  selection  to  be 
answered.  Directions,  standards  and  record  sheets  are  available.  One 
test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Chicago  University  Bureau  of  Publications,  Chicago,  111. 
Also  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  80  cents  net  per  100. 

Scales  for  Reading  Vocabulary  of  Primary  Children:  Phonetic,  Scale  D; 
Sight,  Scale  D.  By  M.  E.  Haggerty.  Published:  1916.  Purpose: 
to  measure  reading  vocabulary  of  primary  children.  Range:  grades 
1 to  3.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  informa- 
tion. Standardized:  no  information. 

The  scales  are  composed  of  the  Phonetic  Scale  D and  the  Sight 
Scale  D.  The  Phonetic  Scale  consists  of  118  words,  and  the  Sight  Scale 
consists  of  236  words.  The  phonetic  words  are  arranged  in  a series 
of  9 steps,  and  the  sight  words  in  12  steps.  “Sub-scales”  have  been  made 
for  use  where  time  is  limited.  The  scales  are  much  shorter  than  the 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Reading 


89 


regular  scales.  They  are  made  up  of  “Scale  D,  Phonetic”  and  “Scale 
DD,  Sight”.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  M.  E.  Haggerty,  University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis, 
Minn. 

Price:  out  of  print. 

Haggerty  Reading  Examination.  By  M.  E.  Haggerty  and  others.  Pub- 
lished: 1919,  1921.  Purpose:  to  measure  progress  and  aid  in  classi- 
fying pupils.  Range:  grades  1 to  12.  Time  to  give:  not  timed. 
Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  no  information  as  to  time 
standardized. 

The  examination  is  made  up  of  3 parts:  Sigma  1;  Sigma  2;  Sigma 
3,  Forms  A and  B.  Sigma  1 is  for  grades  1 to  3.  It  will  aid  the 
teacher  to  classify  the  pupils  as  well  as  to  determine  progress  in  read- 
ing. Sigma  3,  composed  of  Forms  A and  B,  represents  an  extended 
study  of  reading  material  and  examinations.  “Improvements  in  testing 
methods  which  were  developed  in  connection  with  the  preparation  of 
the  National  Intelligence  Tests  have  been  included.  Each  form  consists 
of  three  tests:  vocabulary,  sentence  reading,  and  paragraph  reading.” 
The  subject-matter  used  was  based  on  its  use  in  textbooks. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  Sigma  1,  per  package  of  25  examination  booklets,  including 
1 key  and  1 record  sheet,  $1.10  net.  Sigma  3,  Form  A or  B,  per  package 
of  25  examination  booklets  with  1 key  and  1 record  sheet,  $1.30  net. 
Sigma  2 in  preparation.  Manual  cf  Directions,  25  cents. 

Haggerty's  Visual  Vocabulary  Tests:  Part  I,  Forms  A and  B;  Part 
II,  Scales  R and  Ra.  By  M.  E.  Haggerty.  Published:  no  informa- 
tion. Purpose:  to  measure  the  extent  to  which  the  children  have 
acquired  control  of  words.  Range:  Part  I,  grades  1 and  2;  Part 
II,  grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Standardized:  February  and  May  scores. 

The  tests  are  divided  into  2 parts.  Part  I is  made  up  of  2 equivalent 
series,  A and  B.  “Each  series  consists  of  30  sight  words  and  25  phonic 
words  arranged  in  lines.”  Each  pupil  is  to  be  tested  alone. 

Part  II  is  composed  of  2 series  of  words  called  “Scale  R”  for  grades 
3 and  4,  and  “Scale  R2”  for  grades  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  Each  series  is 
composed  of  a graded  series  of  words  increasing  from  simple  words 
that  are  familiar  to  almost  any  child  to  very  difficult  words  which 
children  seldom  meet. 

Publisher:  M.  E.  Haggerty,  University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis, 
Minn. 

Price:  out  of  print. 

Holmes  Reading  Test.  By  H.  W.  Holmes.  Published:  never  published; 
used  first  about  1915,  but  will  be  published  soon.  Purpose:  to 
measure  rate  and  quality  in  reading.  Range:  grades  2 to  12  inclu- 
sive. Time  to  give:  less  than  half  an  hour.  Time  to  score:  3 or 
4 mifFutes  for  each  paper.  Standardized:  spring  standards. 

There  are  2 separate  reading  tests:  (a)  “The  Rich  Man”;  ( b ) “The 
Great  King”.  In  testing  for  rate  the  author  emphasizes  that  pupils 


90 


Indiana  University 


read  at  their  ordinary  rate.  The  pupil  is  asked  to  read  the  story  in  the 
way  in  which  he  will  enjoy  it  most  and  get  the  most  out  of  it.  Quality 
is  determined  by  having  the  pupil  reproduce  the  story.  The  author  has 
listed  35  main  ideas.  The  pupil  is  given  2 6/7  per  cent  for  each  idea 
reproduced.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions 
for  giving  and  a key  for  scoring  are  available. 

Publisher:  H.  W.  Holmes,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Price:  25  cents  each  and  postage. 

Hoover  and  Kelley  Reading  Cards  (practice  exercises).  Same  as  third- 
grade  silent  reading  cards.  Drill  exercises,  not  a test. 

Publisher:  W.  H.  Wheeler  and  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Stanford  Achievement  Test.  By  Truman  L.  Kelley,  G.  M.  Ruch,  and 
Lewis  1W.  Terman.  See  Stanford  Achievement  Test  under  Miscel- 
laneous. 

Jones’  Scale  for  Teaching  and  Testing  Elementary  Reading.  By  R.  G. 
Jones.  Published:  1915.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  vocabulary  of 
children,  also  a method  of  teaching.  Range:  grades  1 and  2. 
Time  to  give:  4 minutes  to  the  individual.  Time  to  score:  2 minutes 
to  the  individual.  Standardized:  beginning  and  end  of  term. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  2 tests:  (1)  a sight  test  composed  of  192 
words,  (2)  a phonetic  test  composed  of  118  words.  In  deriving  the 
tests,  10  primers  were  analyzed  and  all  words  occurring  10  or  more 
times  were  listed  under  their  proper  headings,  phonetic  or  sight.  The 
original  purpose  of  the  work  was  to  organize  vocabulary  for  teaching 
purposes.  It  has  been  found  to  be  of  greater  value  for  testing.  It 
is  an  individual  test.  Each  pupil  should  be  separated  from  the  rest 
and  be  given  a period  of  10  minutes  to  look  over  the  words.  The  plan 
is  to  select  10  pupils  at  random  and  get  the  standing  of  the  class  from 
the  score  they  make.  A complete  set  for  the  test  contains  a manual, 
sight  and  phonetic  cards,  and  check  cards  for  recording  the  scores. 
Publisher:  R.  G.  Jones,  18178  Clifton  Road,  Lakewood,  Ohio. 

Price:  $2.50  net  for  manual  and  cards  to  test  100  pupils. 

The  Natural  Group  Test  in  Reading.  By  R.  G.  Jones  and  J.  C.  Foss. 
Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  comprehension  in 
reading.  Range:  grade  4.  Time  to  give:  5 minutes.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Standardized:  October,  December,  February,  and 
April  scores. 

The  test  is  composed  of  4 readings,  as  follows:  “David”,  “The 
Journey”,  “A  New  Home”,  “The  Vacation”.  They  are  to  be  given  in 
October,  December,  February,  and  April,  respectively.  Speed  is  deter- 
mined by  the  number  of  words  read  per  minute.  Comprehension  is 
determined  by  ability  to  answer  questions  about  the  selections.  One 
test  of  each  used  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  on 
separate  sheet. 

Publisher:  The  Dobson-Evans  Co.,  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  or  Columbus, 
Ohio. 

Price:  50  cents  per  package,  50  tests  in  each  package.  This  includes 
instructions  and  score  sheets. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Reading 


91 


Kansas  Silent  Reading  Tests.  By  F.  J.  Kelly.  Published:  1915.  Pur- 
pose: to  measure  speed  and  comprehension  in  reading.  Range: 
Test  I,  grades  3 to  5;  Test  II,  grades  6 to  8;  Test  III,  grades  9 to 
12.  Time  to  give:  5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized: 
mid-year. 

The  test  is  composed  of  3 parts:  Tests  I,  II,  III.  They  are  similarly 
constructed,  varying  only  in  difficulty.  Each  test  is  made  up  of  16 
exercises;  each  is  weighted  and  the  value  written  in  the  margin.  The 
pupil  is  asked  to  do  something  in  each  case  which  shows  whether  or 
not  he  understands  the  exercise.  The  median  scores  were  determined 
by  measuring  over  100,000  children.  Standards  and  directions  for  giving 
and  scoring  are  available.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
tested. 

Publisher:  Kansas  State  Normal  School,  Emporia.  Kan.  Publica- 
tion of  this  test  has  been  discontinued  as  the  publishers  believe  better 
ones  are  available. 

Price:  70  cents  per  100.  Complete  accessories  are  furnished  with 
each  order  of  25  copies  or  more. 

Kelley-Thorndike  Reading  Scale,  Alpha  2.  “This  is  not  a test.  Kelley’s 
test  is  Thorndike’s  Reading  Scale,  Alpha  2,  adapted  to  individual 
testing.”  See  Teachers  College  Record,  May,  1917,  pp.  252-60, 
Vol.  18,  Number  3. 

A Scale  for  the  Individual  Measurement  of  Reading  Ability.  By  Maude 
A.  Merrill,  Department  of  Psychology,  Stanford  University,  Calif. 
Published:  October,  1919.  Range:  grades  1 to  6 inclusive.  Time 
to  give:  about  5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  5 minutes.  Standardized: 
October  standards.  Test  is  not  available. 

Monroe’s  Standardized  Silent  Reading  Tests.  By  W.  S.  Monroe.  Pub- 
lished: 1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  rate  and  comprehension  in  read- 
ing. Range:  Test  I,  grades  3 to  5;  Test  II,  grades  6 to  8;  Test  III, 
grades  9 to  12.  Time  to  give:  5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  short. 
Standardized:  January  and  June  scores. 

This  is  a series  of  3 tests.  Each  test  has  3 equivalent  forms  that 
may  be  used  interchangeably.  The  tests  are  made  up  of  a series  of 
paragraphs  arranged  in  order  of  difficulty  and  weighted.  Speed  is 
determined  by  the  number  of  exercises  done  in  the  time  allowed,  compre- 
hension is  determined  by  the  questions  answered  on  each  paragraph. 
One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  giving 
as  well  as  norms  are  available. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  Tests  I and  II,  80  cents  net  per  100;  Test  III,  $1  per  100. 

Monroe’s  Standardized  Silent  Reading  Test  (revised).  By  Walter  S. 
Monroe.  Published:  revised  in  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  rate 
and  comprehension  in  silent  reading.  Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time 
to  give:  4 minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  end-of- 
year  scores. 

The  Monroe’s  Standardized  Silent  Reading  Test  (revised)  was 
revised  primarily  for  use  in  the  Illinois  Examination:  however,  it  may 


92 


Indiana  University 


be  used  as  a separate  test.  “It  consists  of  exercises  in  which  the  pupil 
is  asked  to  read  a short  paragraph  and  to  answer  a question  on  it.  In 
every  case  the  question  is  answered  by  marking  a certain  word  in  a 
given  list.  The  test  yields  a rate  score  and  a comprehension  score.” 
One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  80  cents  per  100;  sample  sets,  10  cents. 

Neher’s  High  School  Vocabulary  Scale.  By  H.  L.  Neher,  Northwestern 
University,  Evanston,  111.  No  information  available. 

Group  Test  in  Word  Recognition,  Forms  A and  B.  By  Eliza  Oglesby. 
Published:  1921,  June.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  recog- 
nize words.  Range:  grades  1 and  2.  Time  to  give:  4 minutes. 
Time  to  score:  40  to  70  seconds.  Standardized:  no  information 
as  to  time  for  which  standards  are  made. 

Forms  A and  B are  equivalent  and  interchangeable.  The  test  is 
composed  of  40  exercises,  made  up  of  words,  phrases,  and  pictures, 
arranged  in  3 columns.  The  words  and  phrases  are  written  in  the 
middle  column.  Each  word  and  phrase  is  illustrated  by  a picture.  The 
picture  is  on  the  same  page  but  not  opposite  the  word  or  phrase  it 
illustrates.  The  pupil  is  to  indicate  the  picture  that  corresponds  to 
the  word  or  phrase. 

Publisher:  Eliza  Oglesby,  Assistant  Supervisor  of  Reading,  care 
Board  of  Education,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Price:  not  yet  available  for  general  sale,  but  will  probably  be 
published  in  1923. 

Reading  Vocabulary  Test  for  the  Second,  Third,  and  Fourth  Grades. 
By  S.  L.  Pressey.  Published:  1921.  Purpose:  vocabulary  test. 
Range:  grades  2 to  4.  Time  to  give:  12  minutes.  Time  to  score: 
35  papers  may  be  scored  in  20  minutes.  Standardized:  May  scores. 
The  test  is  made  up  of  36  exercises.  Each  exercise  is  composed  of 
a question  followed  by  several  words,  one  of  which  answers  the  question. 
The  pupil  is  to  draw  a line  under  the  word  that  answers  the  question. 
One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Department  of  Psychology,  Indiana  University,  Bloom- 
ington, Ind. 

Price:  35  cents  per  100,  including  directions. 

Speed  of  Silent  Reading  and  Reading  Vocabulary.  By  S.  L.  Pressey. 
Published:  1921.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  in  silent  reading  and 
reading  vocabulary.  Range:  grades  2,  3,  4.  Time  to  give:  3 
minutes,  reading;  8 minutes,  vocabulary.  Time  to  score:  15  seconds. 
Standardized:  end-of-May  score. 

The  lists  are  made  up  of  2 forms,  A and  B.  Tho  the  tests  are 
intended  to  be  used  together,  they  are  separate  tests  and  may  be  used 
separately.  The  speed  test  in  silent  reading  is  composed  of  34  sentences, 
each  containing  one  extra  word.  The  pupils  are  to  find  the  extra 
word  and  draw  a line  around  it.  The  test  is  intended  to  reveal  the 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Reading 


93 


extent  to  which  the  pupil  has  gained  freedom  from  oral  reading  habits 
and  gained  in  speed  in  silent  reading. 

The  vocabulary  test  is  composed  of  36  questions  with  4 answers 
after  each,  only  one  of  which  is  correct.  The  pupil  is  to  draw  a line 
around  the  correct  answer. 

One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Complete  directions 
for  giving,  scoring,  and  recording  scores  as  well  as  norms  are  printed 
on  a separate  sheet. 

Publishers:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111.  Also 
Department  of  Psychology,  Indiana  University,  Bloomington,  Ind. 

Price:  $1.25  per  100,  each  form. 

Scale  of  Attainment,  No.  1 (Spelling,  Arithmetic,  and  Reading).  By 
L.  W.  Pressey.  See  these  tests  as  described  under  Arithmetic. 

Scale  of  Attainment,  No.  3 (Spelling,  Arithmetic,  and  Reading).  By 
L.  W.  Pressey.  See  these  tests  as  listed  under  Arithmetic. 

Price’s  Practical  Oral  Reading  Test.  By  E.  D.  Price.  Published:  1918. 
Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  in  oral  reading.  Range:  grades 
2 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  1 minute  for  each  pupil.  Time  to 
score:  by  chart  just  published,  10  seconds  per  pupil.  Standardized: 
September  and  May  scores. 

Each  test  consists  of  2 selections  to  be  read  orally.  The  first  test 
is  to  be  given  in  September  and  the  second  in  May.  “Mistakes  to  be 
counted  are:  (1)  words  miscalled,  (2)  words  put  in,  (3)  words  left 
out,  (4)  transposed  words.”  The  median  scores  were  found  by  testing 
about  200  children  for  each  grade.  One  set  of  material  is  needed  for 
each  examiner. 

Publisher:  E.  D.  Price,  Superintendent  of  Schools,  Enid,  Okla. 
Price:  75  cents  for  full  set  for  testing  a system. 

Sackett’s  Reading  Test.  By  L.  W.  Sackett,  University  of  Texas,  Austin, 
Tex.  No  information  available. 

Short  Exposure  Phrase  Cards  for  the  First  Grade:  Series  A,  B,  C,  D, 
and  E.  Published:  1922;  revised,  1923.  Range:  first  grade. 

This  is  not  a test  but  a drill  device  for  increasing  rate  and  com- 
prehension in  silent  reading. 

Price:  Postpaid,  $3.  One  set  includes  Series  A-E,  25  cards  each. 
Publisher:  W.  H.  Wheeler  and  Co.,  352  East  Twenty-second  St., 
Chicago. 

Smith  Silent  Reading  Paragraphs  for  High  Schools.  By  Bertha  M. 
Smith,  High  School,  Oak  Park,  111.  Tests  and  information  not 
available. 

The  Measurement  of  Efficiency  in  Reading.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Pub- 
lished: 1915.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  comprehension  in 
reading.  Range:  grades  1 to  2.  Time  to  give:  30  seconds  for 


94 


Indiana  University 


speed , comprehension,  5 minutes.  Time  to  score  : no  information. 
Standardized : no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards 
are  made. 

The  tests  consist  of  selections  for  each  grade  from  1 to  8 inclusive. 
“Thus,  Selection  1 was  chosen  from  a typical  first  reader,  Selection 
2 from  a second  reader,  etc.”  The  difficulty  of  each  selection  was  tested 
by  having  each  grade  tested  with  the  passage  designed  for  it  and  also 
with  the  passage  designed  for  the  grade  next  below  it.  Speed  is  deter- 
mined by  the  number  of  words  read  per  second.  Comprehension  is 
determined  by  the  pupil’s  ability  to  reproduce  what  has  been  read.  One 
test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  no  information. 

Starch’s  Reading  Tests.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  November, 
1914.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  comprehension  in  silent  read- 
ing. Range:  grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give:  about  5 minutes.  Time 
to  score:  2 to  5 minutes.  Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  selections  for  each  grade.  The  number 
at  the  top  of  the  page  corresponds  with  the  grade  in  which  it  is  to 
be  used.  Two  tests  should  be  given  each  pupil.  The  first  day  the  pupils 
should  be  tested  with  the  selection  for  their  own  grade,  the  second  day 
the  test  should  be  repeated  with  the  selection  for  the  grade  next  below 
that  of  the  pupils.  The  tests  may  be  used  for  high  school  and  college 
students.  Speed  is  determined  by  counting  the  number  of  words  read 
in  30  seconds.  Comprehension  is  determined  by  reproducing  the  story. 
Standards  for  first  8 grades  as  well  as  directions  for  use  are  available. 
Two  sheets  are  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  40  cents  per  100;  directions,  2 cents  each. 

The  Stone  Series  of  Narrative  Reading  Tests.  By  C.  R.  Stone  and 
others.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  rate  and  compre- 
hension in  narrative  reading.  Range:  grades  3 to  9.  Time  to 
give:  30  to  40  minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  late 
fall  scores. 

This  series  is  composed  of  3 separate  tests,  one  for  grades  3 and 
4;  one  for  5 and  6,  and  one  for  7,  8,  and  9.  The  first  test  contains 
2 selections — “The  Long  Slide”  and  “The  Strange  Bird”,  with  10  ques- 
tions on  the  first  and  20  questions  on  the  second.  To  determine  rate, 
numbers  are  exhibited  every  5 seconds.  The  pupil  is  to  write  the  number 
on  a record  sheet  that  is  exhibited  at  the  time  he  finishes  reading 
the  selection.  Comprehension  is  determined  by  answers  given  to  the 
questions  concerning  the  selections.  Each  question  has  5 answers, 
marked  a,  b,  c,  d,  and  e,  written  under  it,  one  of  which  is  correct.  The 
pupil  is  to  select  the  answer  which  he  thinks  is  correct  and  on  the 
answer  sheet  write  its  letter  opposite  the  number  of  the  question. 

The  second  test  consists  of  2 selections,  “Grandmother’s  Panther” 
and  “Old  Mustard”,  with  10  questions  on  the  first  selection  and  20  on 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Reading 


95 


the  second.  Rate  and  comprehension  are  determined  in  same  way  as 
for  the  first  test. 

The  third  test  consists  of  a selection  from  James  Fenimore  Cooper’s 
“The  Spy”  and  20  questions  concerning  the  selection.  Rate  and  com- 
prehension are  determined  as  for  the  other  tests.  One  test  of  the  kind 
used  is  needed  for  each  member  of  the  largest  class.  The  same  tests 
may  be  used  for  more  than  one  class  as  the  pupils  do  not  write  on  them. 
Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  10  cents  per  copy  or  $7  for  100.  One  complete  set  of  each 
test  including  directions  and  score  key,  40  cents. 

Third-Grade  Silent  Reading  Cards.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  no  in- 
formation. Range:  grade  3. 

A drill  device,  not  a test. 

Publisher:  W.  H.  Wheeler  Co.,  352  East  Twenty-second  St.,  Chicago, 

111. 

Price:  $1.70  per  set,  postpaid.  Set,  650  cards  per  set  and  booklet. 

Thorndike’s  Reading  Scale,  Alpha  2.  Adapted  to  Individual  Testing. 
By  Truman  L.  Kelley.  Published:  1917.  Purpose:  to  measure 
ability  of  individuals  in  reading.  Range:  no  information.  Time 
to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Stand- 
ardized: no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards 
are  made. 

The  scale  is  an  adaptation  of  the  Thorndike  Scale,  Alpha  2,  to  indi- 
vidual testing  by  the  arrangement  of  2 tables,  A and  B,  in  such  a way 
that  the  records  of  individuals  may  be  evaluated.  Out  of  print. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  No  information. 

Thorndike’s  Visual  Vocabulary  Scale.  By  E.  L.  Thorndike.  Published: 
1916;  revised,  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  word  knowledge. 
Range:  grades  3 to  10.  Time  to  give:  30  minutes.  Time  to  score: 
short.  Standardized:  end-of-year  standards. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  Series  A and  B and  composed  of  four 
scales:  A2,  Series  X;  and  A2,  Series  Y;  B,  Series  X;  and  B,  Series  Y. 
Each  scale  is  similarly  constructed  and  administered.  “Each  scale 
consists  of  a graded  series  of  words  which  the  pupil  is  to  classify  accord- 
ing to  certain  specified  groups,  such  as  an  animal,  a flower,  a name, 
a word  about  war  or  fighting,  etc.”  The  words  in  the  A series  are 
about  animals,  flowers,  etc.,  and  those  in  the  B scries  are  about  war, 
fighting,  business,  money,  etc.  The  X or  Y series  may  be  used  as 
alternates  to  check  results  or  to  measure  improvement  over  a period 
of  time.  One  copy  of  the  scale  to  be  used  is  needed  for  each  pupil 
to  be  tested.  Stencils  for  scoring  the  scales,  manual  of  directions,  and 
record  sheets  are  available. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 


96 


Indiana  University 


Price:  50  cents  per  100  each  scale.  Manual  of  directions,  40 
cents.  One  answer  stencil  for  each  scale,  5 cents  each.  One  record 
sheet  for  each  50  pupils,  3 cents. 

Thorndike’s  Test  of  Word  Knowledge.  By  E.  L.  Thorndike.  Published: 
1921.  Purpose:  to  measure  word  knowledge.  Range:  grades  4 to 
10.  Time  to  give:  20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standard- 
ized: in  process  of  standardization;  present  norms  for  mid-year. 

The  test  is  composed  of  100  exercises.  Each  exercise  contains 
several  words.  The  first  word  in  the  exercise  is  the  key  word.  The 
pupils  are  to  find  the  other  words  in  the  exercise  that  mean  the  same 
or  nearly  the  same  as  the  key  word.  A stencil  has  been  constructed 
so  that  it  may  be  placed  on  the  page  in  such  a way  that  only  the 
correct  words  appear  thru  the  perforations.  The  pupil’s  score  is  the 
number  of  correct  answers.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
tested. 

Publisher:  Mason  D.  Gray,  East  High  School,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
Price:  $1.50  per  100. 

Thorndike’s  Reading  Scale,  Alpha  2 : Silent  Reading.  By  E.  L.  Thorn- 
dike. Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  understanding 
of  sentences.  Range:  grades  3 to  12.  Time  to  give:  40  minutes. 
Time  to  score:  short.  Tentative  standards. 

The  scale  is  printed  in  2 parts  on  large  sheets  and  consists  of 
paragraphs  arranged  in  order  of  difficulty.  The  2 parts  have  been 
combined  in  the  form  of  a single  booklet  and  constitute  the  tenth  form 
of  the  Thorndike-McCall  Reading  Scale.  If  this  booklet  form  is  desired, 
the  purchaser  should  ask  for  the  tenth  form  of  the  Thorndike-McCall 
Test  when  ordering.  This  test  is  available,  however,  as  Part  I and  II, 
printed  on  the  large  sheets,  for  those  who  prefer  this  older  form.  Part 
I may  be  used  in  grades  3,  4,  5,  and  Part  II  in  grades  6 to  12.  One 
scale  to  be  used  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for 
giving  record  sheets  and  a key  for  scoring  are  available. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  70  cents  per  100  for  either  Part  I or  II.  Directions,  25  cents. 

Thorndike-McCall  Reading  Scale.  By  E.  L.  Thorndike  and  W.  A.  McCall. 
Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  rate  and  comprehension. 
Range:  grades  2 to  12.  Time  to  give:  20  to  30  minutes.  Time  to 
score:  4 to  5 minutes.  Standardized:  end-of-year  standards. 

The  scale  is  made  up  of  10  or  11  paragraphs,  stanzas,  arranged 
in  order  of  difficulty.  Each  paragraph  is  followed  by  a series  of  questions 
to  be  answered  by  the  pupil  after  reading  the  paragraph.  Since  the 
scale  may  be  used  each  month,  it  is  a teaching  device  as  well  as  a 
measuring  scale.  There  are  10  forms  of  the  scale  which  are  equivalent 
and  may  be  used  interchangeably.  “The  scale  is  standardized  both  by 
age  and  grade  and  permits  computation  of  the  ‘Reading  Quotient’.” 
One  copy  of  the  form  to  be  used  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Directions  and  record  sheets  are  available. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Reading 


97 


Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  $2  per  100  each  form.  Directions  and  record  sheets  are 
supplied  with  each  order. 

Van  Wagenen  Reading  Scales.  By  M.  J.  Van  Wagenen.  Published: 
1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  read  and  comprehend 
English  literature,  history,  or  general  science.  Range:  grades  7 
to  12.  Time  to  give:  about  50  minutes.  Time  to  score:  1 minute. 
Standardized : end-of-year  scores. 

There  are  3 separate  scales,  one  dealing  with  English  literature, 
one  with  history,  and  one  with  general  science.  Each  scale  is  made 
up  of  15  paragraphs,  arranged  in  3 groups.  Below  each  paragraph 
from  4 to  6 statements  are  made.  The  pupil  is  to  put  a check  mark 
“in  front  of  each  statement  which  contains  an  idea  that  is  in  the  para- 
graph or  that  can  be  derived  from  it”.  Each  paragraph  is  weighted. 
One  scale  of  the  kind  to  be  used  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
A class  record  sheet  containing  directions  for  giving,  a key  for  scoring, 
and  blanks  for  recording  are  available. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  $3  per  100. 

Witham’s  Silent  Reading  Tests:  No.  I,  Mechanical  Content;  No.  II, 
Literary  Content.  By  E.  C.  Witham.  Published:  1921.  Purpose: 
to  measure  pupil’s  ability  in  silent  reading.  Range:  grades  4 to 
12.  Standardized:  winter  standards.  Time  to  give:  20  to  30' 
minutes.  Time  to  score:  Vi  minute. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  2 separate  tests  similar  in  construction 
and  arrangement.  No.  I deals  with  mechanical  content  and  No.  II 
with  literary  content.  Each  test  consists  of  15  short  stories  with 
sentences  out  of  proper  order.  The  pupil  is  to  read  the  sentences  thru  so 
as  to  get  some  idea  of  the  story.  “Then  read  again,  and  carefully  decide 
the  correct  order  of  the  sentences,  and  number  in  the  parenthesis  at 
the  left.”  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions 
for  giving  and  standard  scores  are  printed  on  each  test.  Especially 
suitable  for  junior  and  senior  high  schools. 

Publisher:  J.  L.  Hammett  Co.,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Price:  $1  per  set  of  50,  including  directions  for  giving  and  a key 
for  scoring. 

Woody  Silent  Reading  Test.  By  Clifford  Woody.  Published:  in  prep- 
aration. Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in  silent  reading.  Range: 
no  information.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Standardized:  no  information. 

The  test  is  composed  of  2 forms  of  equal  difficulty  and  similar 
in  construction  and  arrangement.  Each  form  contains  9 paragraphs. 
After  each  paragraph,  5 statements  are  written.  The  pupil  is  to  in- 
dicate the  one  he  thinks  best  expresses  the  central  thought  in  the  par- 
agraph. One  test  of  each  given  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 


7—26069 


98 


Indiana  University 


Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price : no  information. 


RELIGION 

Chart  of  Habits  and  Attitudes  of  Christian  Character.  By  Josephine 

L.  Baldwin.  No  information  available. 

True  and  False  Test  in  Religious  Education.  By  Adelaide  T.  Case, 
Department  of  Religious  Education,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City.  Miss  Case  says:  “There  is  no  such  test. 
I did  some  preliminary  experimentation  last  summer  [1922]  and 
am  still  at  work  on  the  problem.” 

Multiple  Choice  Test  of  Rcligous  Idea.  By  Clara  F.  Chassell  and  Laura 

M.  Chassell,  New  York  City. 

See  Chapter  4 of  “Measurements  and  Standards  in  Religious  Edu- 
cation”, Volume  II  of  the  Report  of  the  Indiana  Survey  of  Religious 
Education  by  Dr.  Walter  S.  Athearn,  published  by  George  H.  Doran 
Co.,  New  York  City,  N.Y. 

Drew  Tests  in  Religious  Education.  By  Clara  F.  Chassell,  Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University,  New  York  City.  Published:  December, 
1921.  Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  20  to  35  minutes. 
Time  to  score:  2 minutes.  Not  standardized. 

There  are  3 separate  tests,  as  follows:  Parable  Interpretation; 
The  Drew  Measurement  Chart  for  Sunday  School  Pupils;  Teacher’s 
Rating  School  for  Sunday  School  Pupils.  The  Parable  Test  is  made 
up  of  10  parables:  (1)  The  Lost  Sheep,  (2)  The  Lost  Coin,  (3)  The 
Prodigal  Son,  (4)  The  Good  Samaritan,  (5)  The  Sower,  (6)  The 
Ten  Virgins,  (7)  The  Rich  Fool,  (8)  The  Rich  Man  and  Lazarus, 
(9)  The  Unmerciful  Servant,  (10)  The  Pounds.  Two  questions  are 
asked  about  each  parable.  The  questions  are  followed  by  4 answers, 
one  of  which  is  correct.  The  pupils  are  to  check  the  correct  answers. 

The  Drew  Measurement  Chart  for  Sunday  School  juniors  contains 
20  questions  concerning  important  things  a junior  in  Sunday  School 
should  do.  Each  question  may  be  answered  in  4 ways  as  follows:  (1) 
Never,  (2)  Sometimes,  (3)  Nearly  always,  (4)  Always.  Each  pupil 
makes  his  own  chart. 

The  Teacher’s  Rating  Scale  for  Sunday  School  Pupils  is  an  “adapta- 
tion” for  Sunday  School  use  of  the  Rating  Scale  used  in  the  United 
States  Army  during  the  war.  Four  traits  of  character  are  considered, 
as  follows:  (1)  Dependability,  (2)  Self-mastery,  (3)  Activity  in  service, 
(4)  Activity  in  worship.  One  booklet  containing  the  3 tests  is  needed 
for  each  examiner. 

Publisher:  Clara  F.  Chassell,  Teachers  College,  New  York  City. 
Price:  15  cents  per  copy,  postage  prepaid. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Religion 


99 


A Test  of  Religious  Ideas  involving  the  Ranking  of  Selected  Answers. 
By  Clara  F.  Chassell  and  Laura  M.  Chassell.  Published:  1922. 
Purpose:  to  secure  information  as  to  the  religious  conceptions  held 
by  children.  Range:  grades  4 to  12.  Time  to  give:  30  minutes. 
Time  to  score:  answers  to  be  tabulated.  Not  standardized. 

The  test  is  composed  of  7 questions  followed  by  from  10  to  30 
answers  each.  The  pupils  are  to  choose  from  each  group  from  3 to  5 
answers  that  seem  best  to  them.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil 
to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Committee  on  Social  and  Religious  Survey,  111  Fifth 
Ave.,  New  York  City. 

Price:  5 cents  each. 

Biblical  Tests.  By  Dr.  George  A.  Coe,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City.  Dr.  Coe,  April  24,  1923,  said:  “Not 
completed,  not  published.  No  public  reference  authorized.” 

Score  Card  for  Measuring  Church  and  Religious  Education  Plants.  By 
E.  S.  Evenden,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  New  York 
City.  Published:  1922.  Range:  city  church  and  religious  education 
plants.  Time  to  give:  30  minutes  to  2 hours,  depending  on  size  of 
plant.  Time  to  score:  included  in  the  giving.  Standardized:  no 
information  as  to  time  of  standardization. 

Publisher:  Inter-Church  Press,  New  York  City. 

Price:  $1  each.  May  possibly  be  sold  for  less. 

Sunday  School  Examination  A.  By  J.  T.  Giles.  Published:  1920. 
Range:  10  years  and  above.  Time  to  give:  15  to  20  minutes.  Time 
to  score:  2 minutes.  Standardized:  May  standards. 

Publisher:  J.  T.  Giles,  State  Department  of  Education,  Madison, 

Wis. 

Price : no  information. 

Hartshorne’s  Scale  for  Measuring  Growth  in  Religion.  By  Professor 
Hugh  Hartshorne,  3551  University  Ave.,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.  On 
April  11,  1923,  Professor  Hartshorne  wrote:  “The  listing  of  a scale 
for  the  measurement  of  growth  in  religion  was  an  error  on  the 
part  of  the  World  Book  Co.  There  is  no  such  scale,  tho  we  trust 
that  in  the  course  of  time  one  may  be  developed.  The  error 
probably  came  from  a misinterpretation  of  my  article  on  the  Meas- 
urement of  Growth  in  Religion  in  the  June,  1919,  number  of  the 
magazine,  Religious  Education,  1440  East  Fifty-seventh  St.,  Chicago, 
111.” 

Laycock  Test  of  Biblical  Information.  By  S.  R.  Laycock.  Published: 
1922.  Purpose:  informational.  Range:  grades  7 to  12  inclusive. 
Time  to  give:  20  to  25  minutes.  Time  to  score:  2 to  3 minutes. 
Standardized:  September  and  October  scores. 

There  are  7 separate  tests  with  a total  of  100  questions  on  vari- 
ous parts  of  the  Bible.  All  the  tests,  except  No.  3,  are  made  up 
of  questions  with  4 answers,  3 of  which  are  incorrect.  The  pupils  are 


100 


Indiana  University 


to  check  the  correct  answers.  Test  3 is  a true-false  test.  The  pupils 
are  to  check  the  sentences  as  true  or  false.  One  test  is  needed  for 
each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  S.  R.  Laycock,  University  of  Alberta,  Edmonton,  Canada. 
Price:  15  cents  each,  including  directions  for  giving  and  scoring. 
Package  of  20  tests  with  manual  and  koy,  $1. 

Tests  for  Sunday  School  Literature.  By  C.  C.  Peters,  Ohio  Wesleyan 
University,  Delaware,  Ohio.  Published:  to  be  published  this  fall 
(1923)  by  the  Committee  on  Social  and  Religious  Surveys,  111  Fifth 
Ave.,  New  York  City.  Range:  all  grades  except  adults.  Time  to 
give:  a test  for  measuring  books,  not  pupils.  Standardized:  does 
not  require  usual  standardization.  It  is  like  a building  score  card 
except  that  there  are  scales  for  evaluating  each  item. 

This  is  a score  card  for  measuring  the  merit  of  church  school  text- 
books, with  the  items  each  defined  by  a scale.  There  are  40  scales  mostly 
made  after  the  methods  used  by  Thorndike  in  his  handwriting  scale, 
3 scales  for  measuring  the  literary  style,  2 for  measuring  pictures,  etc. 

Publisher:  Inter-Church  Survey  Headquarters,  111  Fifth  Ave.,  New 
York  City;  also  George  H.  Doran  Co.,  244  Madison  Ave.,  New  York  City. 
Price:  probably  about  $2  since  it  will  be  a 350-page  booklet. 

Bible  Knowledge  Tests:  Old  Testament  Series  A.  By  M.  T.  Whitley. 
Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  Biblical  knowledge.  Range: 
“Children  9 years  old  and  upward  who  are  above  the  Primary 
Department”.  Time  to  give:  30  to  35  minutes.  Time  to  score: 
4 minutes;  with  stencil,  2 minutes.  Partly  standardized. 

There  are  5 tests,  as  follows:  (1)  Relationship  and  location  of  books 
(30  questions),  (2)  Sources  of  quotations  (10  questions),  (3)  Order 
of  Bible  books  (15  questions),  (4)  History  facts  (40  questions),  (5) 
Completed  quotations  (11  questions).  Directions  for  administering  and 
a key  for  scoring  are  available.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
tested. 

Publisher:  M.  T.  Whitley,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University, 
New  York  City. 

Price:  6 cents  for  single  copies;  70  cents  per  dozen  plus  1 guide; 
$2.50  per  50  plus  2 guides;  $5.75  for  100  plus  3 guides. 


SCIENCE 

Caldwell’s  Science  Tests:  Botany,  Chemistry,  Zoology,  and  Physics.  By 
O.  W.  Caldwell.  Published:  1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in 
observation  and  discrimination,  to  recall  and  use  previous  informa- 
tion, and  to  interpret  reasons  for  occurrences.  Range:  grades  7, 
8,  and  12.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no 
information.  Not  standardized. 

There  are  9 tests  arranged  in  3 groups,  as  follows:  Group  1 deals 
with  observation  and  discrimination;  Group  2 deals  with  pupils’  abilities 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Science 


101 


to  recall  past  experiences  in  nature  studies;  Group  3 deals  with  the 
interpretation  of  things  which  change  under  the  observation  of  the  pupil. 
For  example,  the  subjects  for  study  in  Test  1 were  leaves.  A pair  of 
leaves,  one  from  an  oak  and  one  from  an  elm  tree,  was  mounted  on  a 
card.  The  tests  have  never  been  published  for  distribution. 

Publisher:  no  information. 

Price:  no  information. 

Downing’s  Range  of  Information  Test.  By  E.  R.  Downing.  Published: 
January,  1920.  Purpose:  a test  for  information.  Range:  grade  7, 
to  college  sophomore.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score: 
rather  long.  Tentative  standards. 

There  are  3 tests  or  lists  of  words  and  phrases  to  be  defined.  Each 
list  contains  50  words  or  terms.  The  test  is  given  by  having  the  pupils 
put  E beside  words  and  phrases  he  can  explain  or  define,  F beside  those 
he  has  heard  before  but  that  are  not  clear,  and  N before  those  that 
are  new.  He  is  directed  to  define  the  first  5 marked  E.  The  grade 
is  determined  from  the  5 given.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to 
be  tested. 

Publisher:  University  of  Chicago  Bookstore,  5802  Ellis  Ave.,  Chicago, 

111. 

Price:  40  cents  per  100. 

Stanford  Achievement  Test.  By  Truman  L.  Kelley,  G.  M.  Ruch,  and 
Lewis  M.  Terman.  See  Stanford  Achievement  Tests  under  Miscel- 
laneous. 

The  Ruch-Popenoe  General  Science  Test.  By  G.  M.  Ruch  and  H.  F. 
Popenoe.  Published:  1923.  Purpose:  information  test.  Range: 
general  science  classes.  Time  to  give : 40  to  45  minutes.  Time 
to  score:  5 to  10  minutes.  Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  2 parts.  Part  I is  composed  of  50  exercised. 
Each  exercise  is  composed  of  a statement  with  several  words  after 
it.  The  pupil  is  to  draw  a line  under  the  word  that  makes  the  state- 
ment true.  Part  II  consists  of  20  diagrams.  Each  diagram  has  a 
number  of  questions  about  it.  The  pupil  is  directed  to  study  the  diagrams 
and  then  fill  in  the  blanks  which  have  been  provided  for  the  answers. 
In  most  cases  only  one  word  will  need  to  be  written.  One  test  is 
needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  now  in  preparation. 

Ruch’s  Range  of  Information  Test  in  General  Science.  By  G.  M.  Ruch. 
Published : 1919.  Purpose : to  measure  information.  Range : general 
science  classes.  Time  to  give:  30  to  45  minutes.  Time  to  score: 
10  minutes  each.  Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  50  terms  derived  by  the  survey  of  the  general 
science  texts  in  use.  Over  20  textbooks  and  manuals  were  examined. 
Each  term  containing  a strictly  scientific  usage  was  recorded.  If  a 
term  was  found  to  be  common  to  half  or  more  of  the  texts  it  was 


102 


Indiana  University 


retained.  In  this  way  180  words  were  selected.  The  180  words  were 
thought  too  many,  so  50  were  selected  from  the  180  by  chance  and 
used  as  a test.  The  pupils  are  to  define  or  explain  the  terms  in  the 
test.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for 
giving  and  record  sheets  are  available. 

Publisher:  G.  M.  Ruch  or  Leo  H.  Cossman,  University  of  Oregon, 
Eugene,  Ore.;  also  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  out  of  print. 

Van  Wagenen  Reading  Scales:  General  Science,  Scale  A.  By  M.  J. 
Van  Wagenen.  Described  under  Reading. 


SPANISH 

Handschin’s  Modern  Language  Tests:  Silent  Reading  Test  A:  Spanish. 
By  C.  H.  Handschin.  Copyrighted:  1919.  Purpose:  to  measure 
pupil’s  ability  in  elementary  Spanish.  Range:  first  and  second 
years  of  high  school  Spanish.  Time  to  give:  5 minutes.  Time  to 
score:  1 minute  or  less.  Standardized:  end  of  first  and  second 
semesters. 

The  test  is  composed  of  14  exercises  written  in  Spanish.  The  pupil 
is  to  answer  in  Spanish  as  many  of  them  as  possible  in  5 minutes. 
Directions  for  administering  are  printed  on  the  tests.  One  test  is  needed 
for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  material  for  50  people,  including  directions,  key,  4 record 
sheets,  etc.,  $1,  plus  transportation. 

Silent  Reading  Test  B:  Spanish.  By  C.  H.  Handschin.  Published:  1920. 
Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to  derive  the  meaning  of  a 
selection  of  connected  discourse.  Time  to  give:  6 minutes.  Range: 
first  and  second  years  of  Spanish.  Time  to  score:  short.  Stand- 
ardized : no  information. 

The  test  is  composed  of  2 short  connected  paragraphs  in  Spanish. 
The  pupil  is  given  one  minute  in  which  to  read  the  selection,  then  he 
is  asked  to  turn  his  paper  over  and  answer  in  Spanish  or  English,  10 
questions  asked  on  it.  The  test  is  a “time  limit”  test  and  when  time 
is  called  the  pupil  is  to  draw  a line  around  the  last  word  read.  The 
tests  and  record  sheets  have  directions  printed  on  them.  One  test  is 
needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  $1  for  material  for  50  pupils,  including  4 record  sheets, 
instructions,  and  a key. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Spelling 


103 


SPELLING 

Ayres’  Spelling  Scale.  By  L.  P.  Ayres.  Published:  1915.  Purpose: 
to  measure  the  ability  to  spell  commonly  used  words.  Range : grades 
3 to  8.  Time  to  give : 4 minutes.  Time  to  score : 20  seconds. 
Standardized : mid-year  standards. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  1,000  words  computed  from  an  aggregate 
of  1,400,000  spellings  by  70,000  children  in  84  cities  thruout  the  country. 
According  to  the  data,  they  are  the  1,000  commonest  words  in  English 
writing.  They  are  arranged  in  26  columns  with  the  words  in  each 
column  of  approximately  equal  spelling  difficulty.  The  steps  in  spelling 
difficulty  from  one  column  to  the  next  are  approximately  equal.  The 
standard  for  each  grade  is  written  over  each  column.  By  the  use  of 
the  scale,  a pupil’s  standing  relative  to  his  grade  can  be  easily  measured. 
One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 

Publisher:  Russell  Sage  Foundation,  New  York  City. 

Price:  Sample  copies,  10  cents;  100  or  more,  $9  per  100. 

The  Results  of  a Spelling  Test.  By  Board  of  Education,  Cleveland, 
Ohio.  Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  spelling  ability 
of  the  pupils  in  the  Cleveland  public  schools.  Range:  grades  3 to 
8.  Time  to  give:  not  “time  limit”  test.  Time  to  score:  V2  to  2 
minutes.  Standardized:  Ayres  standards. 

The  test  has  never  been  published  as  a regular  spelling  test.  It 
is  now  out  of  print. 

Boston  Experimental  Method  of  Teaching  Spelling. 

Publisher:  C.  M.  Lamprey,  Boston  Model  School,  Boston,  Mass. 

Spelling  Tests,  Boston  Public  Schools,  Boston,  Mass.  Published:  May, 
1919.  Range:  grades  4 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  varies. 
Standardized:  June  scores. 

Publisher:  Boston  Public  Schools,  Boston,  Mass. 

Price:  Not  for  general  distribution. 

Boston  Minimum  Spelling  List.  Boston  Public  Schools,  Boston,  Mass. 
Published:  1914.  Range:  grades  1 to  8 inclusive. 

This  is  merely  drill  material,  not  a test. 

Buckingham  Spelling  Scale.  By  B.  R.  Buckingham.  Published:  1913. 
Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  spelling  ability.  Range:  grades  3 to 
8 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  varies.  Time  to  score:  varies.  Stand- 
ardized: fall  term. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  2 lists  of  25  words  each  selected  from  a 
school  list  of  5,000  words.  These  words  have  been  carefully  evaluated 
and  have  been  found  to  have  a nearly  uniform  decrease  in  difficulty  from 
grade  to  grade. 

Publisher:  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  New  York  City. 
Price:  no  longer  available. 


104 


Indiana  University 


The  Buckingham  Extension  of  the  Ayres  Spelling  Scale.  By  B.  R. 
Buckingham.  Published:  1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  spelling  ability. 
Range:  grades  2 to  9 inclusive.  Time  to  give:  not  a “time  limit’’ 
test.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  end-of-year 
scores. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  1,505  words.  It  is  really  the  Ayres  scale 
with  505  additional  words.  It  is  not  intended  as  a test  but  words  may 
be  selected  from  it  for  testing  classes.  The  words  in  each  column 
are  of  approximately  equal  spelling  difficulty  and  the  steps  from  one 
column  to  the  next  are  approximately  equal.  The  scale  contains  all 
necessary  directions  for  use.  One  scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or 
examiner.  This  is  not  a test  but  a list  of  words  from  which  a teacher 
can  make  a test. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  single  copies,  14  cents  each.  Three  or  more  copies,  12  cents 
each. 


Buckingham-Coxe  Spelling  Scale.  By  B.  R.  Buckingham  and  W.  W. 
Coxe.  Published:  November,  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  effect 
of  the  study  of  Latin  on  the  ability  to  spell.  Range:  grades  7 to 
12.  Time  to  give:  about  12  minutes.  Time  to  score:  2 to  4 minutes. 
Standardized:  for  some  grades — November,  February,  and  May. 
The  scale  is  made  up  of  50  words,  25  of  Latin  origin  and  25  of 
non-Latin  origin.  They  are  alternated  in  the  list.  The  tests  are  to 
be  given  “only  in  all  English  classes,  Latin  and  non-Latin  alike,  of  the 
particular  grades  (7th,  8th,  or  9th)  in  which  Latin  was  begun  in 
February,  1922”.  The  papers  of  pupils  who  have  had  previous  train- 
ing in  Latin  should  be  discarded.  The  tests  have  never  been  published 
for  distribution. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Cooperative  Research,  School  of  Education, 
Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Price:  price  not  fixed  as  yet,  since  it  is  not  available  for  general 
distribution. 

Courtis’  Standard  Research  Tests  in  Spelling  and  Handwriting,  Series 
S,  Folder  B.  By  S.  A.  Courtis.  Published:  1916.  Purpose:  speed 
and  accuracy  and  the  effect  of  a “time  limit”  test  on  each.  Range: 
grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give : time  for  writing  each  sentence  is  given 
in  numbers  at  the  beginning  of  each  sentence.  Time  to  score:  no 
information.  Standardized:  June  scores. 

This  series  is  made  up  of  separate  tests  suited  for  different  groups 
of  pupils.  Dictation  Test  5 is  for  grades  4,  5,  6.  Dictation  Test  9 
is  for  grades  “high  sixth  to  high  eighth”.  If  the  pupil  has  not  finished 
writing  a sentence  when  time  is  called  he  is  to  stop  writing  and  begin 
the  new  sentence  when  given.  Courtis  standards  are  given  in  the  timed 
sentences  and  Ayres  standards  are  given  in  the  untimed  sentences. 
Directions  for  giving  and  scoring  are  furnished.  One  scale  is  needed 
for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Spelling 


105 


Price:  5 cents  each  for  Standard  Dictation  Tests.  Class  record 
sheets,  3 cents  each.  School  record  sheets,  2 cents  each.  A complete 
copy,  including  directions  for  giving  and  score  key,  17  cents. 

Courtis  Standard  Supervisory  Tests  in  Spelling.  Published:  1918.  Pur- 
pose: no  information.  Range:  grades  2B  to  8 A.  Time  to  give: 
3 minutes.  Time  to  score:  30  minutes.  Standardized:  for  beginning 
and  end  of  each  semester.  Sentence  dictation  tests,  Form  A,  to  be 
given  at  beginning  of  semester  and  Form  B at  close. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard.,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  complete  set  (material  for  2 tests  of  40  children),  2 forms, 
$1.10  each. 

Courtis  Standard  Supervisory  Tests  (Composition  Spelling  Test).  By 
S.  A.  Courtis.  Published:  1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  the  pupil’s 
ability  to  spell  in  composition  writing.  Range:  2B  to  8 A.  Time 
to  give : 3 minutes.  Time  to  score : 30  minutes.  Standardized : 
beginning  and  end  of  each  semester. 

The  test  was  constructed  to  replace  pages  43-44  of  “Teaching  Spell- 
ing by  Plays  and  Games”.  The  pupils  are  assigned  some  subject  on 
which  they  are  to  write  for  10  minutes.  Complete  directions  for  giving 
and  scoring  are  printed  on  a leaflet.  One  leaflet  is  needed  for  each 
examiner  or  teacher. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  one  complete  set  of  material  for  giving  and  scoring  test, 
57  cents. 

Teaching  Spelling  by  Plays  and  Games.  By  S.  A.  Courtis.  Published: 
1917.  Purpose:  to  give  perfect  control  in  spelling  essential  words, 
also  method  of  teaching.  Range:  grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give: 
3 minutes.  Time  to  score : 30  minutes.  Standardized : for  beginning 
and  end  of  each  semester. 

“Teaching  Spelling  by  Plays  and  Games”  is  a 63-page  booklet 
containing  a course  in  spelling  for  grades  2 to  8 inclusive,  with  methods 
of  teaching  and  tests  to  be  given  at  beginning  and  close  of  each  semester, 
and  contains  spelling  in  both  column  and  composition  form.  Games 
are  so  arranged  as  to  get  spontaneous  use  of  words,  and  in  this  way 
the  teacher  ascertains  whether  or  not  the  words  are  perfectly  learned. 
The  booklet  contains  suggestive  games  and  directions  for  scoring.  One 
booklet  is  needed  for  each  teacher. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  1807  East  Grand  Boulevard,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Price:  43  cents  per  copy. 

Standard  Dictation  Tests  in  Spelling,  Form  E.  Detroit  Public  Schools. 
Published:  no  information.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to 
spell  words  in  sentences.  Range:  grades  5 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no 
information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no 
information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  tests  are  standardized. 
There  are  2 tests,  A and  B,  for  each  grade  from  5 to  8 inclusive. 
Each  test  contains  10  sentences.  The  tests  are  primarily  for  the 


106 


Indiana  University 


Detroit  schoools  but  may  be  used  in  other  systems.  The  standards 
used  are  Detroit  standards.  The  tests  are  to  be  given  at  the  beginning 
of  the  semester  and  a form  of  the  same  test  at  the  end  of  the  semester. 
One  test  of  each  used  is  needed  for  the  teacher  or  examiner. 

Publisher:  S.  A.  Courtis,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Price:  No  information. 

Nebraska  Spelling  Scale.  By  Charles  Fordyce.  Published:  1918.  Pur- 
pose: to  measure  speed  and  accuracy  in  written  spelling.  Range: 
Test  1,  grades  3 to  5;  Test  2,  grades  6 to  9.  Time  to  give:  3 
minutes.  Time  to  score:  5 minutes.  Standardized:  May  standards. 
The  scale  is  made  up  of  9 sentences  which  include  the  words  to 
be  spelled.  The  words  are  taken  from  the  Ayres  Scale.  The  time 
for  writing  each  sentence  varies  with  the  grade  being  tested.  “The 
instructor  will  find  it  helpful  to  give  immediately  the  same  list  of  words 
pronouncing  them  in  the  traditional  way,  without  the  sentence.  A com- 
parison of  the  two  results  is  usually  surprising,  when  we  remember  that 
no  additional  instruction  has  been  given  on  the  list  of  words.”  One 
scale  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 

Publisher:  Charles  Fordyce,  University  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln,  Neb. 
Price:  3 cents  per  copy.  Record  sheets,  1 cent  per  copy. 

Guhin’s  Test  Yourself  in  Spelling.  By  J.  S.  Guhin,  Aberdeen,  S.D. 
“This  is  not  a test,  but  is  intended  for  private  study  by  pupils.” 

Minnesota  Spelling  Test.  By  M.  E.  Haggerty,  University  of  Minnesota, 
Minneapolis,  Minn.  Out  of  print  and  no  information  available. 

Sixteen  Spelling  Scales.  By  Earl  Hudelson,  F.  L.  Staton,  and  Ella 

Woodyard.  Published:  September,  1920.  Purpose:  to  measure  spell- 
ing ability.  Range:  grades  7 to  12.  Time  to  give:  about  15  minutes. 
Time  to  score:  about  1 minute.  Standardized:  February  scores. 
The  scales  are  made  up  of  16  lists  of  20  words  each,  standardized 
in  sentences.  The  words  were  selected  from  23  100-word  lists  and  spelled 
from  160  to  more  than  1,200  times  by  pupils  in  grades  7 to  12.  The 
lists  were  tested  out  in  29  cities.  The  words  to  be  spelled  are  in- 
corporated in  sentences.  The  sentences  containing  the  words  to  be  spelled 
are  read,  then  the  words  are  pronounced.  Besides  the  lists  that  are 
contained  in  sentences,  the  booklet  contains  the  entire  list  of  words 
with  frequencies,  making  it  possible  to  construct  other  lists.  One  book- 
let is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  40  cents  each. 

Iowa  Spelling  Scale.  By  E.  J.  Ashbaugh.  Published:  September,  1919. 
Purpose:  to  measure  spelling  ability  of  elementary  school  pupils. 
Range:  grades  2 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Standardized:  mid-year  scores. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  2,977  words  arranged  in  3 separate  scales. 
Scale  1 contains  28  steps  and  is  designed  for  grades  2,  3,  and  4.  The 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Spelling 


107 


words  contained  in  each  step  are  of  approximately  equal  difficulty.  The 
scale  for  grades  4,  5,  6 contains  20  steps  and  that  for  grades  6,  7,  and  8, 
15  steps.  This  scale  is  not  published  for  general  distribution. 

Publishers:  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

Iowa  Dictation  Exercises  and  Spelling  Tests.  By  E.  J.  Ashbaugh. 
Published:  about  1917.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  accuracy 
in  column  and  context  spelling.  Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time  to 
give  test:  about  20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Stand- 
ardized: end-of-year  standards. 

There  are  3 tests,  as  follows:  Forms  I,  grades  3 and  4;  II,  grades 
5 and  6;  III,  7 and  8.  Each  form  contains  40  words  to  be  spelled. 
Twenty  are  embedded  in  sentences  and  20  arranged  in  columns.  The 
sentence  exercises  are  “time  limit”  exercises.  Thirty  seconds  are  allowed 
for  writing  each  sentence.  If  a sentence  has  not  been  finished  when 
time  is  called,  the  pupil  stops  writing  on  it  and  begins  on  the  new  sentence. 
One  test  is  needed  for  each  examiner.  Directions  for  use  and  score  cards 
are  available. 

Publishers:  Extension  Division,  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 
Price:  IV2  cents  per  sheet. 

Iowa  Spelling  Test,  Series  S-2,  Form  1.  Published:  1923.  Purpose: 
to  measure  ability  in  spelling.  Range:  grades  2 to  8.  Time  to 
give:  25  to  30  minutes.  Time  to  score:  4 minutes.  Standardized: 
mid-year. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  50  words  for  each  grade  selected  from  the 
Iowa  Spelling  Scales.  “The  standard  accuracy  for  each  grade  is  73 
per  cent.  Material  is  available  from  grades  3 to  8 inclusive.  One  copy 
of  this  spelling  list  is  needed  for  each  teacher.” 

Publishers:  Extension  Division,  Iowa  University,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 
Price:  2 cents  each. 

Stanford  Achievement  Test.  By  Truman  L.  Kelley,  G.  M.  Ruch,  and 
Lewis  M.  Terman.  See  Stanford  Achievement  Test  under  Miscel- 
laneous. 

Jones’  One  Hundred  Spelling  Demons.  By  W.  Franklin  Jones.  Pub- 
lished: 1913.  Purpose:  a list  of  the  100  words  most  often  mis- 
spelled by  pupils  in  written  work.  Range:  Part  1,  grades  2 to  4; 
Part  2,  grades  5 to  8;  Jones  Junior  High  School  Spelling  Book, 
grades  7,  8,  and  9.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Not  standardized. 

A list  of  the  100  words  most  often  misspelled  by  pupils  in  their 
written  work — a result  of  an  eight-years’  investigation  into  the  materials 
of  spelling  by  Dr.  W.  F.  Jones.  Not  a standardized  test.  The  “demons” 
are  included  in  the  Jones  spelling  books.  The  test  is  composed  of  100 
words  selected  from  a study  involving  15,000,000  words.  From  the 
15,000,000  the  100  words  most  commcnly  misspelled  by  1,050  grade  stu- 
dents were  selected. 

Publisher:  Hall  and  McCreary  Co.,  432  South  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago. 
Price:  no  information. 


108 


Indiana  University 


Los  Angeles  Tests  in  Spelling.  By  Bureau  of  Educational  Research, 
Los  Angeles  Public  Schools,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.  Published:  1918. 
Purpose:  “to  test  the  difficulty  of  words,  and  to  measure  the  ability 
of  pupils  to  spell”.  Range:  grades  3 to  8.  Time  to  give:  not 
“time  limit”  tests.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Local  stand- 
ards for  end  of  year. 

The  tests  consist  of  separate  tests  for  each  grade  from  3 to  8 
inclusive.  The  words  are  selected  from  the  Ayres  1,000  words.  The 
words  are  selected  in  such  a way  that  the  work  of  the  Los  Angeles  schools 
may  be  compared  with  that  of  the  Cleveland  schools. 

Publisher:  Bureau  of  Educational  Research,  Public  Schools,  Los 
Angeles,  Calif. 

Price:  not  printed  for  general  distribution. 

Monroe’s  Timed  Sentence  Spelling  Test.  By  W.  S.  Monroe.  Published: 
1918.  Purpose:  to  measure  speed  and  accuracy  in  spelling.  Range: 
grades  3 to  12.  Time  to  give:  time  for  writing  each  sentence  given 
at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence.  Time  to  score:  no  information. 
Standardized:  May  standards. 

There  are  3 separate  tests.  Test  1 for  grades  3 and  4 is  composed 
of  words  selected  from  Ayres  lists  for  grades  3 and  4.  The  words  are 
embodied  in  sentences  that  are  dictated  by  the  teacher  and  written  by 
the  pupils.  Each  pupil  is  to  stop  writing,  if  not  thru,  when  the  next 
sentence  is  dictated,  and  begin  on  the  new  sentence.  Test  2 for  grades 
5 and  6 and  Test  3 for  grades  7 and  8 and  the  high  school  are  con- 
structed and  administered  in  a similar  way  to  Test  1.  One  set  is  needed 
for  each  teacher  or  examiner. 

Publisher:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  Single  sets,  12  cents;  3 or  more  sets,  10  cents  each.  Extra 
record  sheets,  1 cent  each. 

Measurement  of  Ability  in  Spelling.  Mr.  Eugene  A.  Nifenecker,  Di- 
rector of  Reference,  Research,  and  Statistics,  500  Park  Ave.,  New 
York  City,  on  April  26,  1923,  wrote:  “Measurement  of  Ability  in 
Spelling  is  a report  on  some  tests  given  to  about  25,000  children. 
The  tests  consisted  of  2 lists  of  50  words  each  from  Jones’  One 
Hundred  Spelling  Demons,  and,  secondly,  the  Buckingham  Spelling 
Scale  devised  by  Buckingham  in  1914.  From  the  results  of  the  tests 
3 spelling  scales  were  devised.  In  scaling  the  results  McCall’s  ‘T’ 
score  method  was  employed  and  norms  were  set  up.” 

Some  Measurements  in  Spelling.  Mr.  Nifenecker  (see  above)  wrote  on 
April  26,  1923:  “This  is  a report  on  some  tests  in  spelling  given  to 
about  6,000  children  in  districts  45  and  46  of  this  city.  The  test 
consisted  of  about  25  words  taken  from  column  ‘T’  of  the  Ayres 
Spelling  Scale  and  was  given  to  classes  from  the  fifth  to  eighth  year 
inclusive.” 

Scale  of  Attainment,  No.  1 (Spelling,  Arithmetic,  and  Reading).  By 
L.  W.  Pressey.  For  description  see  heading  Arithmetic. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Spelling 


109 


Scale  of  Attainment,  No.  3 (Spelling,  Arithmetic,  and  Reading).  By 
L.  W.  Pressey.  For  description  see  heading  Arithmetic. 

A Scale  for  Measuring  Ability  in  Phonetic  Spelling.  By  Reavis,  Ed- 
miston,  and  others.  No  information  obtainable. 

The  Rice  Spelling  Test.  By  J.  M.  Rice.  Published:  1897.  Purpose:  to 
measure  spelling  ability  and  to  eliminate  waste.  Range:  grades 
4 to  8.  Time  to  give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  informa- 
tion. Standardized:  no  information. 

There  are  3 tests:  word  lists;  composition  form,  words  used  in 
sentences  dictated  by  the  teacher;  composition  form,  pupils  selected  their 
own  words  in  telling  a story.  The  first  2 tests  consist  of  50  words  each 
selected  by  the  author.  The  third  does  not  consist  of  any  definite  list 
of  words.  The  author  regarded  the  third  form  as  the  most  valid  as  it 
required  the  pupils  to  select  and  spell  their  own  words.  These  tests 
are  not  published  for  distribution. 

Not  published  separately  as  a test. 

Starch’s  Spelling  List.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  November,  1914. 
Purpose:  to  measure  the  pupils’  spelling  ability.  Range:  grades  3 
to  12.  Time  to  give:  20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  2 or  3 minutes. 
Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  test  is  composed  of  6 lists  of  100  words  each.  Each  grade  is 
to  be  tested  twice,  once  on  each  of  2 succeeding  days.  Use  any  one  of  the 
6 lists  the  first  day  and  any  of  the  others  on  the  second  day.  On  the 
first  grade,  use  the  first  40  words  of  the  list;  in  the  second  grade,  the 
first  65  words;  in  the  third  grade,  the  first  80  words;  in  the  fourth 
grade,  the  first  90  words;  and  in  all  the  other  grades,  use  the  entire 
list.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  teacher  or  examiner.  Directions  for 
giving,  scoring  as  well  as  standard  scores,  are  printed  on  the  test. 

Publishers:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  5 cents  per  sheet. 

Stark’s  Spelling  Test.  By  William  E.  Stark.  The  test  was  never  pub- 
lished. ‘‘The  plan  was  to  take  the  words  of  the  Ayres’  List  (1,000 
words)  and  write  connected  dictation  material  interesting  to  the 
pupils  of  the  various  grades,  so  that  in  a dictation  exercise  for  the 
fifth  grade,  for  example,  there  should  be  included  all  the  words 
assigned  to  that  grade  and  many  of  those  assigned  to  preceding 
grades.” 

Thurstone’s  Spelling  Test.  By  Dr.  L.  L.  Thurstone.  Out  of  print  as  a 
separate  form.  See  “Clerical  Examination”  by  L.  L.  Thurstone 
under  the  subject  Vocational. 

Preliminary  Phonic  Word  Scale  (for  psychological  and  educational 
clinics,  and  for  special  schools).  By  J.  E.  W.  Wallin.  This  material 
has  never  been  printed. 


110 


Indiana  University 


STENOGRAPHY  AND  TYPING 

Blackstone’s  Stenographic  Proficiency  Tests.  By  E.  G.  Blackstone.  Pub- 
lished: now  in  preparation.  Purpose:  to  measure  proficiency  in 
typewriting.  Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  3 minutes. 
Time  to  score:  1 minute.  Standardized:  end-of-semester  scores. 
The  tests  in  typewriting  are  available  in  5 forms:  A,  B,  C,  D,  and 
E.  These  forms  measure  proficiency  of  progress  at  different  stages  of 
development.  One  test  of  each  given  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
The  tests  contain  the  material  to  be  copied,  directions  for  taking,  and  an 
individual  progress  record  graph.  The  manual  of  directions  for  the 
teacher  gives  instructions  for  use.  “Tests  of  ability  in  note-taking  and 
transcribing  are  in  preparation.” 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  In  press.  Write  to  publishers. 

Bureau  Tests  VI,  VII,  and  VIII.  By  Bureau  of  Personnel  Research, 
Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  Published:  1919. 
Purpose:  for  selection  of  stenographers.  Time  to  give:  Test  VI, 
15  minutes;  Test  VII,  2 to  4 minutes  for  each  part;  Test  VIII,  2 to 
5 for  each  part.  Time  to  score:  short.  Range:  high  school  and 
colleges.  Standardized:  thruout  year. 

This  Bureau  group  is  composed  of  an  intelligence  test  and  2 tests 
on  general  fitness  for  office  work.  Test  VI  is  a measure  of  the  appli- 
cant’s mental  capacity.  The  test  is  an  adaptation  of  the  U.S.  Army  Test. 
The  items  are  so  selected  and  arranged  as  to  give  no  advantage  to  spe- 
cialists in  any  line.  The  test  should  be  given  with  exact  time  limits. 
Fifteen  minutes  should  be  allowed. 

Test  VII  is  a stenographic  test.  The  test  is  divided  into  6 parts: 
spelling,  writing,  business  letters,  copying,  correcting  business  letters, 
and  copying  unfamiliar  material. 

Test  VIII  is  made  up  of  5 parts:  copying  and  correcting  business 
letters,  use  of  symbols  for  words,  and  cross-out  tests.  The  test  is 
especially  strong  in  bringing  out  ability  to  follow  directions  and  adapt 
one’s  self  quickly  to  different  types  of  work. 

One  test  of  each  used  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Com- 
plete directions  for  giving  and  scoring  are  available. 

Publishers : Bureau  of  Personnel  Research,  Carnegie  Institute  of 
Technology,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Price:  10  cents  each. 

Cody’s  Commercial  Tests  and  How  to  Use  Them.  By  Sherwin  Cody. 
Copyrighted:  1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  business  ability.  Range: 
no  information.  Time  to  give:  5 to  20  minutes  each.  Time  to 
score:  short.  Standardized:  no  information. 

The  tests  are  published  in  a handbook  (216  pages).  The  book  is 
made  up  of  2 parts.  The  first  part  consists  of  56  pages  of  discussions 
on  the  problems  of  testing  and  its  place  in  school  and  business.  Part  2 
consists  of  tests  on  all  phases  of  business  abilities,  as  tests  in  letter- 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Stenography,  Typing  111 


writing,  typewriting,  bookkeeping,  English,  arithmetic,  etc.  The  tests 
are  designed  to  measure  students’  work  in  terms  of  business  standards. 
One  handbook  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  The  book  contains 
complete  directions  for  use. 

Publishers:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  $1.20  per  copy,  postpaid. 

A Series  of  Tests  in  Gregg  Shorthand:  Tests  B1  and  B2,  Speed  in 
Writing.  By  Elmer  Hoke.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure 
pupil’s  ability  to  write  shorthand.  Range:  any  class  in  shorthand. 
Time  to  give:  2 minutes.  Time  to  score:  about  3 minutes.  Stand- 
ardized: scores  made  at  various  times. 

There  are  2 forms,  B1  and  B2.  Each  test  is  composed  of  an  article 
of  400  words.  The  article  is  printed  in  both  longhand  and  shorthand. 
B1  and  B2  are  similar  in  construction  and  arrangement.  The  pupils 
are  to  copy  the  shorthand  as  neatly  and  as  rapidly  as  possible  in  the 
space  left  for  that  purpose.  One  test  of  each  used  is  needed  for  each 
pupil  to  be  tested.  A key  for  scoring  is  available. 

Publishers:  The  Gregg  Publishing  Co.,  Chicago  and  New  York. 
Price:  Complete  set  of  13  tests,  30  cents  net.  Single  copies,  3 cents 
each. 

A Series  of  Tests  in  Gregg  Shorthand:  Test  A-l,  Reading  Ability.  By 
Elmer  Hoke.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability 
to  read  shorthand.  Range:  classes  in  shorthand.  Time  to  give:  3 
minutes.  Time  to  score:  about  5 minutes.  Standardized:  scores 
made  at  various  dates. 

The  test  is  composed  of  2 business  letters  to  be  read.  It  is  neces- 
sary at  times  for  the  pupil  to  make  a choice  of  words.  He  is  to  under- 
score the  correct  word  so  that  the  letter  will  make  sense.  Speed  and 
accuracy  are  both  important.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
tested.  Directions  for  giving  and  a key  for  scoring  are  available. 

Publishers:  The  Gregg  Publishing  Co.,  New  York  City,  Chicago, 
and  Boston. 

Price:  Complete  set  of  13  tests,  30  cents  net.  Single  copies,  3 cents 
each. 

Measuring  Scale  for  Gregg  Shorthand  and  Penmanship.  By  Elmer  R. 
Hoke.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability  to 
write  shorthand.  Range:  pupils  studying  shorthand.  Time  to  give: 
2 to  5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  about  5 minutes.  Standardized: 
scores  made  at  various  dates. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  16  samples  of  shorthand  writing,  ranging 
in  value  from  0 to  95.  A sample  of  shorthand  may  be  measured  by 
sliding  it  along  the  scale  until  a specimen  of  corresponding  quality  is 
found.  “The  number  above  it  represents  the  value  of  the  sample  of 
shorthand  penmanship  being  graded.”  One  scale  is  needed  for  each 
teacher  or  examiner. 

Publisher:  Gregg  Publishing  Co.,  New  York  City,  Chicago,  Boston, 
San  Francisco. 

Price:  25  cents  net. 


112 


Indiana  University 


A Series  of  Tests  in  Gregg  Shorthand:  Tests  Cl-10  Vocabulary.  By 
Elmer  Hoke.  Published:  1922.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  ability 
to  use  the  1,000  most  common  words  and  the  500  most  common 
phrases.  Range:  classes  in  shorthand.  Time  to  give:  not  “time 
limit”  test.  Time  to  score:  1 minute  each.  Standardized:  scores 
made  at  various  dates. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  a series  of  10  tests.  Each  test  contains 
100  common  words  and  50  common  phrases.  Since  the  tests  contain  the 
1,000  most  common  words  and  the  500  most  common  phrases,  they  are 
excellent  teaching  devices  as  well  as  tests.  One  test  of  each  used  is 
needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  A key  for  scoring  and  standard 
scores  are  available. 

Publishers:  The  Gregg  Publishing  Co.,  New  York  City,  Boston,  and 
Chicago. 

Price:  complete  set  of  13  tests,  30  cents  net;  single  copies,  3 cents 
each. 

Prognostic  Test  of  Stenographic  Ability.  By  Elmer  Hoke.  Published: 
1922.  Purpose:  to  predict  stenographic  ability.  Range:  pupils 
studying  stenography.  Time  to  give:  20  to  30  minutes.  Time  to 
score:  4 minutes  each.  Standardized:  in  process  of  standardization. 
There  are  6 tests,  as  follows:  (1)  Motor  reaction,  (2)  Speed  of 
writing,  (3)  Quality  of  writing,  (4)  Speed  of  reading,  (5)  Memory,  (6) 
Spelling,  (7)  Symbols.  Motor  reaction  is  tested  by  having  the  pupils 
make  marks  in  small  boxes  or  parallel  lines  with  cross-sections  which 
they  construct  on  the  test  paper.  Speed  in  writing  is  measured  by  the 
number  of  words  written  per  minute.  Quality  of  writing  is  measured 
by  the  pupil’s  ability  to  read  his  own  notes.  The  other  tests  are  made 
up  of  appropriate  material  to  bring  out  the  qualities  intended  to  be 
measured.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions 
for  giving  and  a key  for  scoring  are  available. 

Publisher:  Elmer  R.  Hoke,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annvilie,  Pa., 
or  Gregg  Publishing  Co.,  285  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York  City. 

Price:  This  is  in  experimental  stage.  IV2  cents  each  for  experimental 
material. 

Rogers’  Stenographic  and  Typist  Tests.  By  Herbert  W.  Rogers  and 
Margaret  Jaques.  Published:  Journal  of  Applied  Psychology,  1917. 
Purpose:  to  measure  stenographic  ability.  Range:  stenographers. 
Time  to  give:  15  minutes.  Time  to  score:  3 minutes.  Standard- 
ized: September  and  April  scores. 

Dr.  Rogers  has  developed  6 stenographic  tests  which  are  claimed 
to  have  a high  degree  of  correlation  with  actual  facts  known.  “In 
order  to  demonstrate  the  value  of  these  particular  tests,  they  were  given 
to  stenographers  who  were  employed  long  enough  by  a firm  so  that  their 
actual  ability  and  worth  was  known.  In  every  case  the  results  correlated 
exactly  with  actual  ability.” 

Publishers:  C.  H.  Stoelting  Co.,  3037-3047  Carroll  Ave.,  Chicago. 
Price:  $6.50  per  100  tests  with  blank  and  directions  for  use. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Vocabulary 


113 


Thurstone’s  Typist  Test.  By  L.  L.  Thurstone.  Copyright:  1922,  World 
Book  Co.  Published:  1920.  Purpose:  to  select  office  clerks;  for 
typists  and  junior  stenographers.  Time  to  give:  not  a “time  limit” 
test.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  Standardized:  no  information 
as  to  time  for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  test  is  composed  of  3 parts.  Part  1 consists  of  a typewritten 
copy  that  has  been  corrected.  The  pupil  is  to  write  it  as  corrected. 
Speed  and  accuracy  are  important  factors.  Part  2 consists  of  a number 
of  items  to  be  written  in  tabular  form  under  the  proper  headings.  Part 
3 consists  of  60  words,  some  of  which  are  misspelled.  The  pupil  is  to 
cross  out  the  words  that  are  incorrectly  spelled.  One  test  is  needed 
for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  L.  L.  Thurstone,  World  Book  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  25  booklets  with  directions  and  key,  $1.50  net. 

Thurstone’s  Clerical  Examination.  By  L.  L.  Thurstone.  Copyright, 
1922,  World  Book  Co.  Published:  1919.  Purpose:  to  measure 
ability  to  do  clerical  work.  Time  to  give:  30  to  45  minutes.  Time 
to  score:  short.  Standardized:  no  information  as  to  time  of  year 
for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  examination  is  composed  of  8 tests  measuring  different  phases 
of  clerical  ability.  Test  A measures  ability  to  check  errors  in  figures, 
Test  B to  detect  words  spelled  incorrectly  in  written  matter,  Test  C 
is  a cross-out  test,  etc.  The  pupil’s  score  is  a combination  of  his  speed 
and  accuracy  ranks.  The  pupil  is  given  all  the  time  he  desires  to  com- 
plete the  examination.  The  basis  for  speed  is  determined  by  keeping  the 
time  the  pupil  begins  and  the  time  he  returns  his  paper.  The  manuals 
of  directions  contain  complete  directions  for  use. 

Publishers:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  package  of  25  examination  booklets  with  one  direction  and 
one  key,  $1.50  net;  specimen  set,  15  cents. 


VOCABULARY 

Carr’s  English  Vocabulary  Test,  Forms  A,  B,  C,  and  D.  Published: 
September,  1921.  Range:  grades  7 to  12  inclusive.  Time  to  give: 
20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  1 minute  with  stencil.  Standardized: 
for  ninth  grade,  beginning  and  end  of  first  semester,  and  end  of 
second  semester. 

The  test  consists  of  50  sentences  having  one  word  in  each  sentence 
in  italics.  In  the  even-numbered  sentences,  the  italicized  words  are  of 
Latin  derivation,  and  in  the  odd-numbered  sentences  they  are  of  non- 
Latin  origin.  After  each  sentence  are  5 words  or  phrases,  one  of  which 
is  supposed  to  explain  the  meaning  of  the  italicized  word.  The  pupil  is 
to  underline  that  word  or  phrase.  One  test,  of  the  form  used,  is  needed 
for  each  pupil. 

Publisher:  American  Classical  League,  East  High  School  Annex, 
Rochester,  N.Y. 

Price:  1 cent  each. 


8—26069 


114 


Indiana  University 


Minnesota  Visual  Vocabulary  Test.  By  M.  E.  Haggerty,  University  of 
Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn.  Out  of  print  and  no  information 
available. 

Holley  Sentence  Vocabulary  Scale.  By  Charles  E.  Holley.  Published: 
1919.  Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  vocabulary.  Range:  grades  3 
to  12.  Time  to  give:  not  “time  limit”  test.  Scoring:  short.  Stand- 
ardized : age  standards,  not  dependent  on  the  school  year. 

The  scale  is  composed  of  2 series,  3A  and  3B.  Series  A is  for 
grades  3 to  8 and  is  composed  of  70  statements.  Each  statement  has  4 
words  written  after  it.  A line  is  to  be  drawn  under  the  word  which 
will  make  the  statement  a true  sentence.  Series  B is  for  grades  7 to  12 
and  is  composed  of  the  same  number  of  statements  as  Series  A.  It 
is  similarly  constructed  and  administered.  One  copy  of  each  test  is 
needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Complete  directions  are  printed  on 
the  tests. 

Publishers:  Public  School  Publishing  Co.,  Bloomington,  111. 

Price:  80  cents  per  100,  each  series.  Sample  set,  6 cents. 

First-Grade  Reading  Vocabulary  Test.  By  S.  L.  Pressey.  Published: 
1921.  Purpose:  to  measure  vocabulary.  Range:  grade  1.  Time  to 
give:  5 minutes.  Time  to  score:  15  seconds.  Standardized:  May 
scores. 

The  test  consists  of  groups  of  letters,  some  of  which  are  words. 
There  are  26  lists  and  each  list  contains  one  word.  The  pupil  is  directed 
to  draw  a line  around  the  word.  The  children  should  be  aided  to  work 
out  several  of  them  to  familiarize  them  with  what  they  are  to  do.  One 
test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  for  scoring  and 
recording  are  available. 

Publishers:  Department  of  Psychology,  Indiana  University,  Bloom- 
ington, Ind. 

Price:  90  cents  per  100. 

Scale  of  Attainment,  No.  2 (American  History,  Arithmetic,  English 
Grammar,  and  Reading  Vocabulary).  By  L.  W.  Pressey.  For  de- 
scription see  History. 

Starch’s  English  Vocabulary  Test.  By  Daniel  Starch.  Published:  1915. 
Purpose:  to  measure  range  of  reading  vocabulary.  Range:  grade 
4 to  senior  year  of  college.  Time  to  give:  about  15  minutes.  Time 
to  score:  2 or  3 minutes.  Standardized:  June  scores. 

The  test  consists  of  2 lists  of  words  of  100  words  each.  The 
pupils  are  allowed  as  much  time  as  they  need.  A check  mark  is 
placed  after  each  word  the  pupil  is  sure  he  can  use  correctly.  Words 
with  which  the  pupils  are  familiar  but  are  not  sure  of  the  meaning 
are  checked.  The  teacher  may  select  such  of  the  words  that  are  checked 
as  she  thinks  necessary  and  have  the  pupil  give  the  meaning.  One 
test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  Directions  are  printed  on 
the  tests. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Vocational 


115 


Publishers:  University  Cooperative  Co.,  508  State  St.,  Madison,  Wis. 
Price:  80  cents  per  100.  Directions  sheet  for  examiner,  2 cents  per 
copy. 

Southington-Plymouth  English  Vocabulary  Tests.  Also  called  "Witham’s 
English  Vocabulary  Tests”.  By  E.  C.  Witham.  Published:  1921. 
Purpose:  to  measure  pupil’s  vocabulary.  Range:  grades  5 to  12. 
Time  to  give:  20  minutes.  Time  to  score:  V2  minute.  Standard- 
ized: no  information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  tests  are  stand- 
ardized. 

The  test  is  composed  of  100  words  selected  from  the  Ayres  Measuring 
Scale  for  Ability  in  Spelling  and  from  the  Thorndike  Reading  Scale  A-2 
Word  Knowledge  or  Visual  Vocabulary.  Ninety  words  were  selected 
from  the  Ayres’  scale  and  ten  from  the  Thorndike  scale.  The  test  is 
in  2 separate  parts,  1 and  2,  each  part  including  50  words.  On  the 
opposite  page  from  each  list  of  50  words  are  definitions.  The  pupils 
are  directed  to  write  the  number  corresponding  to  each  word  before  the 
definition  of  that  word.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Especially  suitable  for  junior  and  senior  high  schools.  Directions  for 
use  and  tentative  standards  are  printed  on  the  tests. 

Publishers:  J.  L.  Hammett  and  Co.,  Kendall  Square,  Cambridge, 
Mass. 

Price:  Sets  of  50,  $1  per  set  including  directions. 


VOCATIONAL 

The  Army  Trade  Tests.  By  William  T.  Bawden.  Published:  1918.  Pur- 
pose: classification  of  men  according  to  their  ability  to  do  certain 
types  of  work.  Range:  used  in  the  United  States  Army.  Time  to 
give:  no  information.  Time  to  score:  no  information.  No  informa- 
tion as  to  standards. 

The  tests  consist  of  oral  tests,  picture  tests,  and  performance  tests 
The  oral  test  consists  of  40  questions.  The  picture  tests  consist  of 
pictures  on  which  questions  are  asked.  In  the  performance  test  the 
applicant  is  required  to  do  a piece  of  work.  His  only  guide  is  a blue 
print  and  printed  instructions.  These  tests  have  not  been  printed  for 
general  distribution. 

Publisher:  W.  T.  Bawden,  Department  of  Interior,  Bureau  of  Edu- 
cation, Washington,  D.C. 

Price:  not  printed  for  general  distribution. 

Vocational  Tests,  IX,  XI,  XIII,  XIV,  and  Interest  Analysis.  By  Bureau 
of  Personnel  Research,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  Pittsburgh, 
Pa.  Published:  1920,  1921.  Purpose:  to  measure  vocational  ability. 
Range:  high  school  and  college.  Time  to  give:  from  10  to  25 
minutes  each.  Time  to  score:  from  2 to  7 minutes  each.  Stand- 
ardized: any  time  of  year. 

There  are  5 separate  tests,  as  follows:  IX,  Will  Profile;  XI,  Social 
Relations;  XIII,  Business  Information;  XIV,  Meeting  Objections;  Inter- 


116 


Indiana  University 


est  Analysis.  Test  IX  is  made  up  of  11  parts  designed  to  measure  traits 
of  character  and  temperament  which  are  essential  to  business.  Such 
traits  as  speed  of  movement,  speed  of  decision,  care  for  details,  etc., 
are  measured.  Test  XI  is  composed  of  2 forms,  A and  B.  Each  form 
is  made  up  of  50  questions  designed  to  find  out  how  much  one  has 
mingled  with  all  kinds  of  people.  Each  question  is  followed  by  4 or 
more  answers,  one  of  which  is  correct.  The  applicant  is  to  check  the 
correct  answer.  Test  XIII  is  composed  of  100  questions  designed  to 
measure  business  information.  The  questions  are  arranged  in  the  form 
of  an  intelligence  test.  Test  XIV  is  composed  of  25  questions  designed 
to  measure  the  ability  of  salesmen  to  meet  objections  of  customers. 
The  Interest  Analysis  Test  is  composed  of  4 parts  designed  to  measure 
business  interests.  It  contains  about  300  questions  concerning  one’s 
likes  and  dislikes.  The  tests  may  be  used  separately.  One  test  is 
needed  for  each  person  to  be  tested. 

Publishers:  Bureau  of  Personnel  Research,  Carnegie  Institute  of 
Technology,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Price:  Tests  IX  and  XIII,  10  cents  each;  XI  and  XIV,  8 cents  each; 
Interest  Analysis,  6 cents  each. 

Bricklayers’  Test.  By  J.  Crosby  Chapman  and  Herbert  A.  Toops.  Pub- 
lished: 1919.  Purpose:  to  conserve  time  in  selecting  workmen. 
Range:  for  novices,  apprentices,  and  journeymen.  Time  to  give: 
not  “time  limit”  test.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  no 
information  as  to  time  of  year  for  which  standards  are  made. 

The  examination  is  composed  of  18  questions,  based  on  the  multiple 
choice  answer  method.  Each  question  has  4 answers  one  of  which  is 
correct.  The  applicant  is  to  draw  a line  under  the  answer  that  will 
make  the  statement  correct.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  person 
examined. 

Publishers:  Henry  Holt  and  Co.,  New  York  City,  or  J.  Crosby 
Chapman,  Western  Reserve  University,  and  Herbert  A.  Toops,  Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University,  New  York  City. 

Price:  no  information. 

A Written  Trade  Test:  Multiple  Choice  Method.  By  J.  Crosby  Chapman 
and  Herbert  A.  Toops.  Published:  1919.  Purpose:  to  distinguish 
between  novices,  apprentices,  journeymen,  and  experts.  Range: 
bricklayers.  Time  to  give:  30  minutes.  Time  to  score:  3 minutes. 
Standardized:  no  information  as  to  time  of  standardization. 

The  test  is  made  up  of  62  questions.  Each  question  has  4 answers, 
3 of  which  are  incorrect.  Trade  terms  were  used  almost  exclusively 
in  the  4 answers.  Two  methods  of  examination  may  be  used.  The 
first  method  employs  the  entire  list  of  62  questions;  the  second  method 
uses  18  questions  selected  by  experts.  Both  methods  have  been  found 
to  be  very  effective  in  dividing  the  applicants  into  proper  groups  except 
in  case  of  journeymen  and  experts.  The  test  is  not  effective  in  selecting 
journeymen  from  so-called  experts. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Vocational 


117 


Publishers:  J.  Crosby  Chapman  and  Herbert  A.  Toops  (same  as 
above) . 

Price:  not  printed  for  general  distribution. 

Business  Tests.  By  T.  B.  Homan,  Education  Department,  Iowa  State 
Teachers  College,  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa. 

The  above  tests  consist  of  a suggestion  as  to  the  tests  to  be  used  in 
testing  applicants  for  each  department  in  a department  store,  and  the 
following  list  of  tests:  (1)  Comparison  of  Lines.  (2)  Comparison  of 
Figures.  (3)  Memory  Test.  (4)  Tapping  Test.  (5)  Complementary 
Color  Test.  (6)  Human  Figure  Form  Test.  (7)  Dictation  Test.  (8) 
An  Imagination  Test.  (9)  Detection  of  Error  Test.  (10)  Spelling  Test. 
(11)  Sorting  Test.  (12)  A Test  of  Judgment. 

Publisher:  Professor  T.  B.  Homan,  Education  Department,  Iowa 
State  Teachers  College,  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa. 

Price:  Memory  Test,  14  cents  each,  including  directions  and  score 
key;  Imagination  Test,  1 cent  each,  with  directions  and  score  key; 
Judgment  Test,  3 cents  each  with  directions  and  score  key. 

Leavitt’s  Preliminary  Tests  for  Manual  Arts.  By  Frank  M.  Leavitt. 
Published:  never  been  published.  Purpose:  to  measure  ability  in 
industrial  arts.  Range:  grades  1 to  8 inclusive.  Time  to  give: 
20  minutes.  Time  to  score : no  information.  Standardized : no 
information. 

The  test  is  composed  of  18  problems  of  increasing  difficulty  in  draw- 
ing, measuring,  cutting,  pasting,  sewing,  etc.  It  contains  some  of  the 
most  common  problems  in  the  industrial  arts  work.  The  test  is  suited 
for  both  boys  and  girls.  One  test  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 
Instructions  for  giving  and  scoring  are  available.  Mr.  Leavitt  says 
that  until  we  have  first  established  more  definite  objectives  for  manual 
arts,  it  is  rather  futile  to  attempt  to  measure  progress  in  this  field. 

Publisher:  Frank  M.  Leavitt,  Assistant  Superintendent  of  Vocational 
Education,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Price : no  information. 

Stenquist  Assembling  Test  for  Mechanical  Ability  (U.S.  Army).  By 
John  L.  Stenquist.  Published:  1915,  Archives  of  Psychology,  No. 
33,  Columbia  University;  final  form,  1921.  Range:  grades  3 thru 
high  school,  and  adult.  Time  to  give:  30  minutes.  Time  to  score: 
about  60  minutes  to  score  30  tests.  Standardized:  yes,  on  about 
2,000  cases,  by  ages. 

Publisher:  C.  H.  Stoelting  and  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  one  complete  set  including  directions  for  giving  and  scoring 
and  also  answer  key,  $12.50. 

Stenquist  Mechanical  Aptitude  Tests.  By  John  L.  Stenquist.  Published: 
1921.  Purpose:  to  detect  mechanical  aptitude  in  children.  Range: 
from  grade  6 to  senior  year  of  college.  Time  to  give:  Test  I,  45 


118 


Indiana  University 


minutes;  II,  50  minutes.  Time  to  score:  about  2 minutes.  Stand- 
ardized: no  information  as  to  time  standards  were  made. 

There  are  2 separate  tests  similar  in  construction.  Pictures  of 
mechanical  objects  are  given  with  questions  about  relationships.  The 
tests  presuppose  no  mechanical  experience.  The  author  claims  a cor- 
relation of  .84  with  shop  and  science  teacher’s  estimates  of  ability. 
One  test  of  each  given  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be  tested.  A manual 
of  directions  for  administering  is  available. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  Tests  I and  II  each  $1.50  net  for  package  of  25  booklets, 
including  1 key  and  1 record  sheet.  Manual  of  directions,  20  cents  net. 
Specimen  sets,  30  cents  including  1 of  each  of  tests,  1 key  for  each  test, 
1 record  sheet,  and  1 manual. 

Thurstone’s  General  Technical  Information  Test.  Copyrighted:  1919, 
by  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology;  copyrighted:  1922,  by  World 
Book  Co.  Purpose:  no  information.  Range:  high  school  seniors 
and  college  freshmen.  Time  to  give:  no  time  limit.  Time  to  score: 
no  information.  Standardized:  no  information. 

See  Thurstone’s  Vocational  Guidance  Tests. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Price:  $1  net  per  package  of  25  with  1 key  and  1 record  sheet. 

Thurstone’s  Vocational  Guidance  Test  (Algebra,  Arithmetic,  Geometry, 
Physics,  and  Technical  Information  Test) . By  L.  L.  Thurstone. 
Published:  1919.  Purpose:  to  determine  the  probability  of  success 
of  high  school  seniors  and  college  freshmen  in  an  engineering  school. 
Range:  no  information.  Time  to  give:  about  30  minutes  for  each 
part.  Time  to  score:  short.  Standardized:  no  information. 

There  are  5 tests : Algebra,  Arithmetic,  Geometry,  Physics,  and 
Technical  Information.  “The  items  in  the  tests  were  selected  as  having 
a direct  appeal  to  pupils  with  engineering  interests.  Careful  statistical 
study  has  shown  that  the  tests  will  predict  the  probable  success  of  a 
pupil  more  accurately  than  will  high  school  scholarship.”  Thirty  minutes 
are  allowed  for  each  test.  “The  tests,  of  four  pages  each,  are  put  up 
in  packages  of  25  with  key  and  record  sheet  (except  that  Geometry 
Test  has  no  key).”  One  set  of  tests  is  needed  for  each  pupil  to  be 
tested. 

Publisher:  World  Book  Co.,  Yonkers-on-Hudson,  N.Y. 

Price:  Algebra  Test,  $1  net  per  package  of  25.  Arithmetic  Test, 
$1  net  per  package  of  25.  Geometry  Test,  $1  net  per  package  of  25. 
Physics  Test,  $1  net  per  package  of  25.  Technical  Information  Test, 
$1  net  per  package  of  25.  Manual  of  directions,  20  cents  net. 

Each  package,  except  the  Geometry,  contains  1 key  and  record  sheet. 
Specimen  Set:  an  envelope  containing  1 copy  of  each  of  the  5 tests, 
a key  for  each  test  (except  Geometry  Test),  manual,  and  a record  sheet, 
40  cents  postpaid. 

Thurstone’s  Employment  Tests.  By  L.  L.  Thurstone.  For  description 
see  Thurstone’s  Typist  and  Clerical  Tests. 


Bibliography  of  Tests:  Vocational 


119 


Thurstone’s  Test  of  Engineering  Aptitude  for  College  Freshmen  and 
High  School  Seniors.  By  L.  L.  Thurstone.  Published:  1919.  This 
test  is  out  of  print.  Refer  to  Vocational  Guidance  Test,  above. 

Trade  Tests  in  Education.  By  Herbert  A.  Toops.  Published:  December, 
1921. 

The  Trade  Tests  in  Education  are  not  published  in  pamphlet  form 
but  in  a book  which  gives  illustrations  of  different  forms  of  tests  and 
methods  of  measuring  trade  efficiency.  “By  reference  to  these  and  the 
numerous  hints  of  caution  derived  from  extended  observation,  study 
and  analysis  of  tradesmen’s  capacities  and  aptitudes,  one  may  construct 
for  himself  highly  reliable  tests  for  measuring  the  effects  produced 
by  any  specific  vocational  or  technical  training.”  Dr.  Toops  says  this 
test  was  the  title  of  his  dissertation  for  the  doctor’s  degree  presented 
at  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  in  1921.  “It  is  thought  of 
as  a contribution  to  method  rather  than  to  the  supply  of  available  tests.” 
Publisher:  Bureau  of  Publications,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York  City. 

Price:  $2,  cloth;  $1.50,  paper. 

Farmers’  General  Information  Test.  By  H.  A.  Toops,  Teachers  College, 
New  York  City.  Published:  1921.  Range:  grades  7 and  8 and 
high  school.  Time  to  give : 30  minutes.  Time  to  score : 5 minutes. 
Rough  standards  from  farmers  and  college  students  available.  Not 
prepared  for  general  distribution.  Printed  in  entirety  in  Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University,  Contributions  to  Education,  No.  115. 

Tests  for  Measuring  Attainments  in  Agriculture  for  Rural  Schools. 
By  Logan  A.  Waits.  Published:  have  not  been  published.  Purpose: 
to  measure  attainment  and  “general  intelligence  in  the  subject  of 
agriculture”.  Range:  grades  2 to  12.  Time  to  give:  20  minutes 
for  each  test.  Time  to  score:  not  given.  Not  standardized. 

The  tests  are  composed  of  2 series,  A and  B.  Series  A is  for 
grades  9,  10,  11,  and  12.  Series  B is  for  grades  7 and  8.  Each  series 
is  composed  of  2 parts.  Series  A is  made  up  of  10  tests,  5 in  each 
part.  Test  I is  a completion  test;  Test  II  is  composed  of  20  words  to 
be  arranged  under  their  proper  headings;  Test  III,  proper  seeding  for 
10  crops,  etc.  Series  B is  similar  to  Series  A in  arrangement.  The 
test  has  never  been  published  for  distribution. 

Publisher:  Logan  A.  Waits,  New  Philadelphia,  Ohio. 

Wardner’s  Test  for  Knowledge  of  Tools.  By  Charles  A.  Wardner.  Pub- 
lished: March,  1919.  Purpose:  to  test  pupil’s  knowledge  of  tools. 
Range:  industrial  classes  above  grade  8.  Time  to  give:  60  minutes. 
Time  to  score:  1 minute.  Standardized:  not  standardized. 

The  test  consists  of  a knowledge  of  83  pieces  of  wood-working, 
metal-working,  and  miscellaneous  tools.  The  tools  are  numbered  from 
1 to  83  and  a photograph  made  of  them  and  their  numbers.  The 
names  of  the  tools  are  written  an  the  opposite  page.  The  pupils  are 


120 


Indiana  University 


to  write  the  number  of  each  tool  before  its  name.  One  test  is  needed 
for  each  pupil  to  be  tested. 

Publisher:  Charles  A.  Wardner,  Jackson,  Mich. 

Price:  test  sheets,  214  cents  each. 


ZOOLOGY 

Caldwell’s  Science  Tests  (Botany,  Chemistry,  Physics,  Zoology).  See 
heading  General  Science. 

Grier’s  Range  of  Information : Tests  in  Biology,  Physiology,  Zoology, 
and  Botany.  By  N.  M.  Grier.  See  heading  Biology. 


